by Alfred Lambremont Webre
Earth Changes, Prophecy & Environmental Weapons
We now have the evidence upon which to
hypothesize that the Asian Tsunami of December 26, 2004 (Boxing Day)
may have been caused by gravity waves which accompanied a gamma ray
burst caused by the explosion of a Neutron Star in the Constellation
Saggitarius, some 45,000 light years from Earth.
The article also summarizes analysis of
whether the December 26, 2004 event may be an indicator that a
Galactic Superwave event, recurrent every 13,000 and 26,000
years, is overdue and may occur precipitously in the near term
The Mayan Calendar's current TUN, or
organic unit of Galactic time, ends on
December 21, 2012.
According to one analyst,
"both our species' recent history
and that of the crust of our planet, have been both gradual and
catastrophic. However, the catastrophes are of first and most
immediate concern, since they relate to periodic "superwaves" or
volleys of cosmic rays from the Galactic Center itself. The
Galactic Center is an incredibly superdense region only about as
big as the sphere enclosing Jupiter's orbit: it is about 23,000
light-years away in the constellation of Sagittarius."
Others analyze the 13,000 and 26,000
year cycles of the Galactic Superwaves in the context of spiritual
and prophetic texts.
Mayan Calendar, this TUN, or
organic unit of Galactic time is scheduled to end and a new TUN is
scheduled to begin on December 21, 2012. According to the
"Prophetic" frame of perception, the December 26-27, 2005 Gravity
Wave/Tsunami was a Warning that humanity should move out of a
permanent warfare economy into a peaceful, sustainable, cooperative,
Universe-oriented Space Age society, seeking to integrate with
This observor writes:
"What could be coming from the sky
to earth that the Star People are symbolized above being in
There is only one thing, that even
Plato said descends from the heavens after long periods of time
like a pestilence. It has a modern name, given by the scientist that
has researched this phenomena, Dr
It is called: A Galactic Superwave.
"Stanford had said years back: But
there shall come a sign that is a warning. This is related also,
in part, to the energization of the ionosphere of the earth. In
it, or related to it, there shall appear an "apparition" that
will symbolize the way in which men have turned to materialism
and to selfishness - in a sense, to death.
It shall symbolize the choice that
is represented in that recorded of old, "In this day I stand
between the living and the dead."
That may be seen of all men. Still,
by jaded mind, science shall be inclined to dismiss it as
natural events and phenomena. But it shall be symbolic, in a
sense, of the judgment of the earth, of the karmas, the
retribution to come in the earth, that is mind created. So then,
science misses the point behind the event?"
PREFACE to the
Earth Changes, Psychic Prediction, & Electromagnetic (EM) Warfare -
Using the disciplines of catastrophic geology, seismology,
vulcanology, parapsychology, and public interest policy analysis,
futurist Alfred Webre develops a new field theory
explaining how millennial prophecies of cataclysm might be fulfilled
- not by earth system mechanics, but by the deployment of a new
generation of EM weapons.
Earth Sciences & Psychic Prediction
Catastrophic geology, seismology, vulcanology, and astronomy do
not forecast cataclysmic scale earth events (massive tectonic
shifts, subsidence or rising of new land masses from the ocean,
turning of the earth on its axis). Yet high psychics , with
confirmed records of accuracy, predict these very cataclysmic
events. Assuming these psychics were accessing accurate
precognitive information, what might be an alternative mechanism
that could cause cataclysmic earth events?
Electromagnetic (EM) weapons
Electromagnetic (EM) weapons are a possible trigger of
cataclysmic earth events. EM fields can superheat the
ionosphere, devastating magnetic bands around the earth, and in
turn causing massive disruption of the earth’s Tectonic plates.
A January 17, 1995 earthquake in Kobe, Japan may have been
triggered by clandestine deployment of EM weapons. EM strategic
warfare includes weather, climate and earth event warfare.
Researchers have reported the use of EM weapons in
anti-population mind-control operations over major cities.
Human prophets such as Michel de Notredame (1503-1566), known as
Nostradamus, and prophetic traditions, ranging from the Mayan
calendar, to indigenous First Nations prophecy converges on
cataclysmic earth changes accompanying a transition of earth
into a millennial society. Analysis of Nostradamus prophecy
reveals that "terrible new weapons," with characteristics
similar to EM weapons, caused the cataclysmic earth changes he
The threat of cataclysmic earth changes caused by secret EM
warfare is not occurring in a vacuum. Extraterrestrial
intelligence (ETI for short) may be signaling a positive
initiative to integrate us into interplanetary society. However,
a clandestine command and control network and mentality on our
planet appears to be waging clandestine mass psychological
warfare (psywar) against the ETI initiative. EM weapons,
developed for use against ETI overflights, may also be part of
this war to block humanity from participating in the ETI
How to Avoid Coming Earth Changes
A key to human success is deconstruction of the clandestine
network promoting warfare against the human population. EM
weapons and the anti-ETI war require deception and secrecy.
EARTH CHANGES proposes a public,
mobilized, decade-long human effort to curb EM weapons, as well as
our open community participation with ETI in our integration into
organized universe society.
EARTH CHANGES identifies deployment of
electromagnetic (EM) weapons as a possible cause of cataclysmic
millennial earth changes predicted by psychics and prophetic
tradition. No near term cataclysmic earth activity is forecast by
the earth sciences. However, EM weapons can devastate the ionosphere
and magnetic bands around the earth, causing cataclysmic upheaval in
the earth’s tectonic plates.
EARTH CHANGES explores a dramatic new
approach to avoid prophesized cataclysm by curbing the development
of EM warfare.
Chapter One -
Here I share with you a radical vision about
Gaia, the living being
Massive Earth changes have been prophesized for our
generations by modern psychics and the prophets of tradition since
time immemorial. The predicted Earth changes include cataclysmic
earthquakes around the world, emergence of new land masses, and the
subsidence of existing land masses - including entire nations -
under deep waters of the seas.
Cataclysmic Earth changes may or may not come to pass, we do not
know enough about the future to say with certainty. The density and
vulnerability of modern human society make it likely that future
earthquakes, volcanic eruptions, tsunamis, weather events and
climate shifts may cause vast trauma and damage to stricken towns,
cities, settlements, economies.
Yet the predictive capabilities of the Earth sciences (catastrophic
geology; seismology; vulcanology; climatology) give little
indication that Earth changes of cataclysmic proportions are about
to occur on Earth.
Earth science analysis reveals no trend, evidence, or sign that
cataclysmic Earth changes are about to occur. A trend analysis of
the full database of the United States Geological Service and the
National Earthquake Information Service does not reveal that large
scale Earth changes are at hand.
There may be higher casualty tolls and property damage in
earthquakes of the last two decades of the century, yes. That may be
because of higher population density, vulnerability of
infrastructure, and substandard construction. As a January 1999
Richter 6.0 earthquake in Colombia taught us, it is the human
factors - social chaos and rebellion; mass looting; failures of
government planning and organization - that cause the consequential
damages in modern earthquakes.
So just how, where and when are prophesized cataclysmic Earth
changes supposed to occur?
Let me state the possibility - succinctly. Earth changes of
cataclysmic scale could occur with the reversal or distortion of the
Sun’s magnetic field at the end of a 26,000-year cycle predicted by
the Mayan calendar for a time window around December 22, 2012.
Human environmental weapons - based on electromagnetic (EM) energy -
could significantly help trigger these prophesized earth changes.
Along with earth changes, the Mayan prophecies foresee an era of
cosmic consciousness, accompanying our solar system’s entering into
synchrony with electromagnetic beam-waves emanating from the core
("Sun") of our Galaxy. The 26,000-year cycle of galactic
electromagnetic beams is both the physical agency of prophesied
Earth changes, and the psychic vehicle for humanity’s conscious
Cataclysmic Earth changes could occur if the gigantic tectonic
plates that form a constantly moving jigsaw puzzle on the surface of
the Earth were suddenly to shift. If the tectonic shifts were
massive enough, new landmasses could appear on the surface of the
Earth; other landmasses could subside into the oceans; massive
volcanism could happen.
Most Earth scientists would say that cataclysmic Earth changes could
never happen in our modern era, although they may have happened in
One theory is that the
K-T event of 65 millions years ago
occurred because of a collision by a meteorite with Earth. Under
this theory, the K-T collision created a global dust screen that
ultimately killed most large life forms, including the dinosaurs.
Other theorists claim the K-T event was caused by gigantic
volcanism, with the same evolutionary result - extinction.
Whether the K-T event was utter coincidence or the product of a
living, intelligent universe, the result remains the same. Massive
Earth changes were an evolutionary intervention, an extinction-level
event for the dinosaurs and other life, drastically changing the
course of evolution on Earth.
We come full circle to psychic predictions and traditional
prophecies about Earth changes, occurring in Earth’s transition to a
new era. There is no sign in the trends of Earth science that Earth
changes of cataclysmic proportions will occur in our age.
So are the precognitions of high psychics such as
Edgar Cayce and
Nostradamus simply empty, meaningless or wrong?
Are the multiple prophetic traditions, ranging from Old and New
Testament prophets to ancient indigenous peoples simply groundless
In a word, no.
If we look to the Earth sciences alone to give us direction and
answers about possible cataclysmic Earth changes, we are looking to
the wrong sources.
We should be looking to the para-science of the Mayan calendar.
We should be looking to the weapons and strategies of environmental
warfare, theoretically outlawed by a 1977 United Nations treaty, and
in fact, now the leading edge of strategic warfare. We should be
looking into the science of advanced Environmental warfare -
electromagnetic weapons; weather and climate warfare. These are
perversions, in some deep way, of the pure Earth sciences.
We should be looking at the environmental impacts of electromagnetic
(EM) weapons on the ecology of the Earth.
All-out spasm warfare by environmental weapons can in fact trigger
changes in the Earth’s ecology that could result in Earth changes of
cataclysmic proportions. Environmental weapons can impact the
Earth’s magnetic fields that in delicate balance mediate the slow
movements of Earth’s tectonic plates. These movements could be of a
magnitude and character to throw Earth’s tectonic plates into
massive, chaotic movements, and thus to bring about Earth changes of
The new generation of electromagnetic weapons is now in early
development. Yet even the current pilot environmental weapon
projects in such disparate geographical locations as Australia and
Alaska, have, by some responsible observers, brought massive
earthquakes and created weather anomalies. As their development
advances, under the seal of military secrecy, these weapons may
achieve ecological impacts of such scale as to trigger the type of
Earth changes that the modern psychic and traditional prophets have
Mixing K-T extinction level events, psychic precognition of Earth
changes, and electromagnetic weapons systems may strike you as
unmitigated catastrophism, far-fetched and unrelated in any
So let’s restate the hypothesis: Environmental weapons, if
unchecked, can potentially and ultimately trigger Earth changes of
the magnitude of an extinction level event, thus fulfilling the
psychic prophecies and traditions that predict Earth changes for our
age. Environmental weapons may accelerate the Earth-changes
potential of prophesized, vast distortions of the Sun’s
A quarter century ago, in The Age of Cataclysm , I predicted
large-scale Earth changes in our near term planetary future. Mine
was one of a half-dozen or so then contemporary books on the
impending Earth catastrophe. Its original vision of Earth changes
was based on the evidence of the Earth sciences, as well as the
paranormal sciences. I concluded our generation might experience
Earth changes of cataclysmic proportions.
So let’s revisit our original peering into the future of the Earth,
re-examining its sources and its vision in light of the evidence on
intervening years. Our new conclusions may in many ways be more
challenging than the old.
We now know - which we did not know then - that a new generation of
secret electromagnetic (EM) weapons systems could trigger Earth
changes of catastrophic dimensions. One of the weapons can turn the
Earth’s ionosphere into a virtual global strategic weapon. If
mankind does carry out war using these new weapons, catastrophic
Earth changes can be triggered, and our present civilization and
On the other hand, if these weapons are
recognized as even more destructive than nuclear weapons, there is a
chance to build a consensus and international agreements banning
their use. The choice is up to our species, collectively. A change
of consciousness among human civilization away from conflict and
toward cooperation and oneness may be literally necessary for
One central source of the original vision of future Earth changes
was the Earth sciences. The Earth sciences show that our planet and
its resident species have evolved in key aspects through
catastrophic change; and that catastrophic change is certainly
possible in our age.
We now know of the K-T event, holding that the extinction of the
dinosaurs was caused by a greenhouse effect brought on by global
volcanic activity, or by the impact of a meteor along the southern
Gulf of Mexico, approximately 65 millions years ago. The clouds of
dust from the impact of the meteor cloud spread around the Earth for
the next several years, killing off vegetation, and the dinosaur
species. So cataclysm can happen on this planet, and has affected
the planet and the evolution of species in the past.
Since my original vision, the Earth sciences have now advanced in
their ability to predict and evaluate potential future catastrophic
The Earth sciences predicts that at least one near K-T level event
could potentially happen in the year 2028.
If you think the Earth sciences provide stable, foolproof
predictions about the possibility of a cataclysmic collision with a
meteor, witness the scientific flip-flopping about
My point is not that these able scientists are wrong
about Asteroid 1997FX-11. Rather, the scientific dialogue, and
initial media confusion around the "discovery" of 1997FX-11
illustrate that cataclysmic Earth changes are possible in our time,
and predictions of cataclysmic Earth events may pop up into our
planning horizons unexpectedly, suddenly, causing confusion in its
On March 11, 1998, Dr. Brian G. Marsden observed that there
was a very real possibility that Asteroid 1997FX-11 might collide
"Asteroid Close-Encounter in 2028"
"Mile-wide Asteroid to Pass Closer
than Moon's Orbit in 2028"
by Brian G. Marsden, NASA
11 March 1998
computations on an asteroid discovered last December indicate it
is virtually certain that it will pass within the moon's
distance of the Earth a little more than 30 years from now. The
chance of an actual collision is small, but one is not entirely
out of the question.
"The asteroid, known as 1997 XF11, was discovered by Jim Scotti
in the course of the Spacewatch program at the University of
Arizona. This program utilizes modern electronic technology on a
36-inch telescope at Kitt Peak that was built 77 years ago.
"After the discovery observations on December 6, observations
made by two Japanese amateur astronomers during the following
two weeks showed that the minimum distance between the orbits of
1997 XF11 and the Earth was very small. Given also that the
object was quite large as Earth-approaching asteroids go,
perhaps one mile across, it was added to the list of
"potentially hazardous objects" (PHAs) that need to be
monitored, lest they are destined to come dangerously close to
the Earth over the course of the next several centuries. There
are currently 108 PHAs.
"As astronomers continued to gather data on 1997 XF11, it slowly
began to become apparent that there would be a particularly
close approach to the Earth in October 2028. A computation from
observations spanning 60 days suggested that the miss distance
would be 500 thousand miles. This distance may seem large in
human terms, but it was less than had previously been predicted
in advance for any other known asteroid during the foreseeable
"Observations made on March 3 and 4 by Peter Shelus with a
30-inch telescope at the McDonald Observatory in western Texas
extended the observed arc of 1997 XF11 to 88 days. This time,
the orbit computation indicated a miss distance of only 30
thousand miles from the center of the Earth; the Earth's radius
is about 4 thousand miles. The time of encounter would be around
1:30 p.m. Eastern Daylight Time on Thursday, October 26, 2028.
That evening the object should be visible with the naked eye. In
Europe, where it would be dark by that time, the object should
be a splendid sight as it moves from northwest to southeast
across the sky over a couple of hours.
"There is still some uncertainty to the computation. On the one
hand, it is possible that 1997 XF11 will come scarcely closer
than the moon. On the other hand, the object could come
significantly closer than 30 thousand miles. Further
observations are necessary in order to refine the figures. It is
also possible that prediscovery observations of 1997 XF11 can be
located on archival photographs. Particularly favorable
opportunities for recording the object would have occurred in
1990, 1983, 1976, 1971 and 1957. Ephemeredes for these times are
"It is hoped that continuing observations will be made during
the next few months. The object is starting to move into the
dusk and to fade week by week. Nevertheless, it should be quite
accessible for a while with large telescopes, which in addition
to helping establish whether a collision in 2028 is possible,
could usefully provide more definite information about the
"Further observations of 1997 XF11 should be possible with
moderate-sized telescopes equipped with electronic sensors early
in the year 2000. A better opportunity will occur in late 2002,
when the object should be detectable with quite modest
telescopes. On that occasion the closest approach will be on
Halloween, but the miss distance will be a safe 6 million
Yet, on March 12, 1998, just one day
after this very sobering assessment of a collision of 1997FX-11 with
planet Earth, Dr. Donald K. Yeomans and Dr. Paul W. Chodas,
scientists at Jet Propulsion Laboratory concluded just the opposite
- that there was zero chance 1997FX-11 would collide with Earth.
"Jet Propulsion Laboratory
California Institute of Technology
National Aeronautics and Space Administration
Pasadena, Calif. 91109. Phone (818) 354-5011
March 12, 1998
"Asteroid Will Miss Earth by "Comfortable Distance" in 2028"
"Asteroid 1997 XF11 will pass well beyond the Moon's distance
from Earth in October 2028 with a zero probability of impacting
the planet, according to astronomers at NASA's Jet Propulsion
Laboratory, Pasadena, CA.
"The asteroid "is predicted to pass at a rather comfortable
distance of about 600,000 miles (about 960,000 kilometers) in
2028," reported Dr. Donald K. Yeomans and Dr. Paul W. Chodas,
JPL scientists who specialize in computing the predicted orbits
of comets, asteroids, planets and other bodies in the solar
"Data on the asteroid from March 1990 (well before its discovery
in December 1997) was integrated into the orbit calculations by
Yeomans and Chodas to arrive at the distance the asteroid will
pass Earth. The 1990 observations of the object were found today
in the Palomar Planet Crossing Asteroid Survey conducted at
Caltech's Palomar Observatory, by JPL's Eleanor Helin and Ken
Lawrence and by Brian Roman, formerly of JPL.
"Even prior to the discovery of the earlier Palomar
observations, however, Yeomans and Chodas had determined that
the impact probability would be zero. The new calculations
further underscore that conclusion, they said."
So what was the truth about Asteroid
1997FX-11? Would 1997FX-11 collide with Earth, causing perhaps
untold damage to our civilization? Or were reports of 1997FX-11 a
false alarm, there being no scientific probability that cataclysmic
Earth changes would result?
Being the curious type when it comes to Earth changes, I e-mailed
Dr. Chodas at the Jet Propulsion Laboratory
"Dear Brian G. Marsden & Dr. Donald
K. Yeomans -
"We would very much appreciate clarification as to the two
statements, re: 1997XF11 on:
"Dr. Marsden's is dated March 11, 1998 and indicates that this
body may come within moon's orbit of Earth in 2028.
"Another NASA-JPL statement, dated March 12, 1998, indicates
that 1997XF11 will come within 600,000 of Earth, with no
possibility of collision.
"Which statement is operative? Or are both operative, with Dr.
Marsden's the minority opinion?"
Dr. Chodas wrote me back. The mystery
was no mystery at all.
On March 12, 1998, calculations had
become available for the first time, which assured that there was
virtually no chance of mega-collision between FX-11 and Earth.
"Using the data available on March
11, 1998, there was a 'possibility' that 1997 XF11 would come
within one lunar distance of the Earth in 2028, and Dr.
Marsden's statement of that day announced this result.
calculations confirmed Dr. Marsden's result, but we did not
agree that passage within this distance was "virtually certain",
as Dr. Marsden stated. Our calculations performed that day
indicated further that there was virtually *no chance* that the
asteroid would hit the Earth, which was in disagreement with the
implication in Dr. Marsden's statement that an impact was a
"On March 12, new data became available which allowed much more
precise calculations of the orbital trajectory. Using this data,
Dr. Yeomans and I determined that the asteroid would pass the
Earth at the comfortable distance of about 600,000 miles in
2028, and we issued a statement which stated this result.
Dr. Marsden arrived at essentially the same conclusion that day. All
new data since March 12 confirms the 600,000 mile miss distance,
and all parties now agree that there is virtually no chance that
the asteroid will collide with Earth in 2028.
I have no quarrel with the prediction
that 1997FX –11 will probably not collide with Earth.
It may not create our first cataclysmic
collision in possibly 65 million years, our modern K-T event.
However, there are symbolic parallels between the K-T event causing
extinction of the dinosaurs and the 1997FX-11, a potential
extinction challenge for humans. But in the absence of other data, I
take scientists’ word for it that Earth and 1997FX-11 will not
I am saying that the curious case of 1997FX-11 teaches us many
things about the possibility of cataclysmic Earth changes in our
era. 1997FX-11 is a scientific "close call". We learn, then, that
cataclysmic Earth changes are indeed possible.
With just a few changes in trajectory, FX-11 could have become our
modern day version of the K-T event, notwithstanding 1997FX-11 was
1/6 the size of the K-T meteor. Dinosaurs did not have polluting
nuclear energy, nuclear weapons, and vulnerable coastal human
settlements as we humans do now - with the accompanying
consequential damages. Of course we would have had to try various
science fiction, questionable alternatives to avoid the cataclysm of
1997FX-11 - like nuclear warheads aimed at the meteorite.
We also learn that even where a cataclysmic Earth collision
threatens, reasonable scientific minds can differ as to large cosmic
and Earth events, such as 1997FX-11. The predictive capabilities of
the Earth sciences are developing.
There is, however, a large margin of error in the Earth sciences as
to predicting and evaluating large-scale events. In the case of
1997FX-11, the meteor’s size was estimated at 1/6th the size of the
meteor that had extincted the dinosaurs; the potential effects of an
Earth collision could be cataclysmic. Yet we had no stable
scientific prediction as to 1997FX-11’s trajectory for several
An underlying premise of the Age of Cataclysm has been vindicated by
events in the intervening years - specifically by the 1997FX-11
The over-all significance of the
1997FX-11 episode: sudden and unexpected cataclysmic Earth Changes
cannot be ruled out. And the Earth sciences may not necessarily
currently possess the predictive technology to let us know with
certainty when and where specific potential cataclysmic Earth
changes may take place.
Well, if cataclysmic Earth changes have
happened in the distant past and can happen at any time in the near
or distant future, let’s address a second core premise of our
Will cataclysmic Earth changes
happen in our era and, if so, when?
And, what if the triggers for
cataclysmic Earth changes do not lie in collisions with
celestial bodies, which astronomical science can predict so
What if the trigger for
cataclysmic Earth changes is a hyper-secret weapons system
that can throw the ionosphere and plate tectonics of the
Earth into imbalance?
In the case of environmental weapons,
because the very triggers of Earth changes are military secrets, it
could well be that the Earth sciences would be totally incapable of
Earth scientists are by and large
totally ignorant of these systems. A few have evaluated
environmental weapons’ effect on the ecology of Earth. Many of these
scientists are open-minded. Others are consultants employed by the
military, and have already engaged in the cover-up of their effects
on the ionosphere and associated Earth systems.
Earth science did, in fact, make a bone fide attempt to predict the
danger of cataclysm in the 1997FX-11 episode. It may not be an
unbiased intervention, however, on their part, to evaluate Earth
changes triggered by environmental weapons.
Earth sciences research projects in the United States of America are
largely funded by US government agencies. It is unlikely that Earth
sciences research that could potentially cripple an entire new
generation of secret strategic weapons will be meaningfully funded.
The influential Washington Post, as recently as 1998, continued to
the HAARP weapons system, under its military
disinformation cover story, that HAARP was only a research project
on the Aurora Borealis.
The short-term picture does not look very good that the Earth
sciences establishment: unless it is mobilized and reconstructed
with an awareness of Environmental warfare, it will not be able to
come to our aid and evaluate the risk of Earth changes triggered by
global war with electromagnetic weapons.
And what if the over-all electromagnetic field predisposing
cataclysmic Earth changes is caused by a cyclical reversal of the
Sun’s magnetic field, based on a galactic activity cycle that is
26,000 years long?
The Earth sciences do not yet know how to evaluate such a
That knowledge is now found within the Mayan calendar and other
advanced tools of ancient civilizations which based their science
not on the Sun, but on the Galaxy. Earth sciences have only a
rudimentary understanding of the galactic density waves that are
responsible, for example, for the creation of our Sun. Science is no
where near the sophisticated understanding of the cyclically based
behavior of Galactic beam-waves that the Maya evidently had.
The supportive evidence for coming Earth changes in my original
vision was sourced not only in the Earth sciences, but also in the
science of consciousness and parapsychology.
The original vision documented the Earth sciences trends and
potential for destructive earthquakes, tsunami, and volcanic
eruption destroying or damaging human settlements around the world.
Since the original vision, the science of earthquake prediction has
improved; we now know that active faults still threaten densely
populated areas of the world, all along active tectonic plates.
With increased seismicity and vulnerable urbanization in
earthquake-prone regions, major earthquakes could catastrophically
destroy cities in China, Japan, and South America, the western and
eastern United States, Canada, and parts of Europe. Moreover, known
high risk, seismic areas that experience earthquakes could result in
the damage or destruction of nuclear weapons facilities or nuclear
power plants; releasing radioactivity into the air and escalating
into even higher levels of catastrophe.
Risk assessments of these scenarios have
been made within the confines of the Earth sciences, and
environmental impact assessments.
But somehow, these possible catastrophes, each destructive to human
life, families, dwellings, economies, and each predictable by the
Earth sciences, do not seem cataclysmic i.e., Earth Changes of a
species order of magnitude, affecting the future of the human
So where did the Age of Cataclysm look for its evidence that
cataclysmic Earth changes could occur in our lifetimes?
The original vision sourced information from the then emerging
science of parapsychology, paraphysics, and consciousness. The
intervening years have deepened our understanding of the nature of
human consciousness. Reality is provably multi-dimensional and one
can accurately know things outside of the three-dimensional world we
perceive with our senses.
Some recent scientific models hold that
humans subconsciously and psychically continually scan for
information from the future and the past. Those humans who have a
provable and reliable access to information about the future or the
past we call "psychics." Psychics have the ability of precognition,
or knowing of events before they occur in our dimension of time.
The vision of cataclysmic Earth changes was based, in part, on
predictions made by psychics who had a high track record for
accurate predictions in other realms, such as healing or politics.
The principal psychic used was Edgar Cayce, who left behind a
detailed set of predictions about Earth changes. Cayce envisioned an
era of cataclysmic Earth changes many of which he specifically
predicts. Each of the predicted changes is plausible scientifically.
The order of magnitude of the predicted changes is what is startling
On the North American continent, Cayce predicts the destruction of
cities on the West Coast (Los Angeles and San Francisco), and the
emptying of the Great Lakes into the Gulf of Mississippi, and the
destruction of New York. In Asia, he predicts the falling of Japan
into the ocean, and the dispersal of its population. In Europe he
predicts that England will largely likewise be submerged by the sea,
and that earthquakes will destroy Northern Europe.
As a culmination,
Cayce predicts that the Earth will turn on its axis, so that
formerly frigid areas are tropical.
Each of these predictions is seismically and geologically plausible;
and comparable Earth changes of this magnitude have happened in the
past. What has remained a puzzle is what causes these cataclysmic
events, and when might they occur.
Would cataclysm be brought on a sudden, unexpected meteor, like
1997FX-11, on a collision course with Earth? Well, it appears that a
possible close collision by a meteor in 2028 has been averted.
Barring changes, the meteor will pass more than 600,000 miles from
Earth, twice the distance to our moon.
Would cataclysm be caused by a sudden massive change in the tectonic
plates, brought on by processes within the Earth system itself?
There is no scientific indication now that such a massive shift
within the Earth is in the making; one of such magnitude as to swing
Earth’s tectonic plates as to imbalance the Earth so that it would
shift on its very axis.
Where does this leave the vision of a coming age of cataclysm?
What if we were to look for the cause of possible Earth changes, not
in nature, but in mankind itself? What if mankind, through some
perversion of technology, could accidentally or intentionally
destroy a crucial balance of the ecology and set into motion the
very Earth changes that would destroy human civilization?
As we now can surmise, the forces of nature may not at all trigger
the coming Earth changes. The Earth changes may be caused by the
technology of mankind itself.
Once again, let us state the answer to the puzzle of psychic
prophecy of Earth changes.
The answer to the puzzle: Coming Earth
changes may be triggered by a human misuse of technology. Edgar
Cayce and the other psychics who foresaw an era of cataclysmic Earth
changes were telling us of changes that are brought about by a
misapplication of human technology, not by the triggering processes
of the Earth itself or meteors on a collision course with Earth.
The psychics and the prophets were generally looking at outcomes -
earthquakes and Earth changes - and not at causes -
If mankind itself is the cause of coming Earth changes, we can
expect to find further insight and confirmation of this possibility,
as before, both from the Earth sciences and from realm of
precognition. This new insight and information was not available to
the original vision, and only came into being in the 1990s.
Yet the new information provides a crucial piece in understanding
why, how and when Earth changes may occur in our era.
So let’s proceed to evaluate the possible environmental impacts of a
new generation of secret electromagnetic (EM) strategic weapons.
Environmental weapons, now replacing nuclear arsenals as the weapons
systems of the future, if misapplied, may be the trigger of the
process of cataclysmic Earth changes.
Electromagnetic weapons are based upon creating charged
electromagnetic energy, of varying frequencies according to use, and
directing onto a target of choice. Some of the early weapons systems
have use extremely low frequency (ELF) waves, and have been used for
population control at a distance.
Woodpecker series of ELF weapons
programs by the former Soviet Union in the 1970s directed ELF waves
at key brain-wave rhythms at US West Coast cities such as Eugene,
Oregon, with the objectives of inducing mind-altering fear or ill
health effects in the population.
Since then, these tactical electromagnetic weapons have grown into
strategic weapons systems, capable of monitoring global missile
activity; inducing population control in continent-size areas, and
causing destructive effects against an enemy target ultimately at
the scale of nuclear weapons. Electromagnetic weapons systems are
becoming the strategic weapon of the future, replacing nuclear
weapons for a number of perceived reasons.
All major players on the global weapons
scene are developing environmental weapons systems. Weapons systems
are developed either by individual nations, or by cooperatives of
One prominent electromagnetic weapons system of the US is HAARP (for
High-frequency Active Aural Research Project), located in a remote
region of Alaska. Started under official cover as "a study of the
aurora borealis," HAARP is, in fact, a secret attempt to make the
ionosphere into a strategic weapon itself. The results could be
HAARP is intended to super-heat the ionosphere by using impulses of
electromagnetic energy. The concept is to turn the ionosphere, a
600-mile thick band of electrons surrounding the Earth, into a
global antenna for detecting missile and other hostile activity
anywhere on Earth. According to some critics, HAARP can also be used
as a global population control weapon, directing electromagnetic
impulses at target population on certain brain-wave frequencies to
induce fear, apathy, and other mind-states.
Environmental impact and Earth sciences analysis of HAARP indicates
that this weapon system may set off the very sort of processes in
the delicate atmospheric and magnetic ecology of the Earth that
could induce large-scale Earth changes.
These include super-heating of the
ionosphere and consequent twisting and distortion of electromagnetic
fields surrounding the Earth. The twisting of Earth’s
electromagnetic fields may induce a tilt in the surface Earth
tectonic processes, inducing tectonic shifts and earthquakes. The
electromagnetic energy could also induce resonant frequencies in the
upper Earth, triggering earthquakes.
Although HAARP is, as the 20th century closes, in its development
and testing stages, in some ways, HAARP is like the Manhattan
Project undertaken by the Allies in World War II to develop nuclear
weapons. HAARP has been undertaken in extreme secrecy, in the name
of future security. The difference between the two is that the
secrecy around HAARP is designed to keep the world’s populations
ignorant of the next generation of weapons.
For if world public opinion were to know
of the drastic consequences of a war fought with electromagnetic
weapons, it is likely that the same grass-roots forces which threw
cruise missiles out of Europe would stop HAARP as well.
There is a core body of precognitive material that solidly links
mankind’s use of electromagnetic weapons to coming Earth changes.
Both the paranormal and the Earth sciences support an analysis that
the new generation of electromagnetic weapons may cause large scale
and cataclysmic Earth changes.
The precognitive material in question is derived from the quatrains
of Michel de Notredame (1503-1566), known as Nostradamus. An
erudite, complex, man who lived his adult life as adviser and
physician to the King and Queen of France, Nostradamus composed a
series of prophetic quatrains. These quatrains were often couched in
coded language in order to avoid the censorship of the Inquisition,
of which he was a target.
The quatrains were expressions of
precognitive visions Nostradamus had in his private study. Some of
the quatrains are remarkable, as when he actually names Louis
Pasteur, his accomplishments, and subsequent discrediting several
hundred years before Pasteur’s birth.
The focus of Nostradamus’ quatrains is principally his precognition
of human politics, power and war. One whole section of the quatrains
relates to the Twentieth Century. Certain quatrains may foretell the
rise of Adolph Hitler, whom he refers to as the "second antichrist",
or global totalitarian leader. Other quatrains psychically predict
the rise of Napoleon Bonaparte, referred to as the "first
These quatrains also foretell a period of Earth changes
and war in the late twentieth and early twenty-first century,
referred to as the "times of trouble."
In one remarkable, psychically channeled interpretation of the
Nostradamus quatrains, the channeled entity is allegedly Nostradamus
himself, amplifying on the inner meanings of his own prophecies. The
interpretation emphasizes that the times of trouble are to occupy
roughly the first three decades of the twenty-first century, and may
be characterized by social unrest, famine, mass death, and global
warfare by sides battling for and against a "third antichrist." This
interpretation appears to be consistent with Nostradamus quatrains.
The times of trouble may also be, according to the quatrains, a time
of cataclysmic Earth changes, in which the map of the globe will
hardly be recognizable by those of us alive now.
In almost each and every instance of a quatrain that relates to
Earth changes, Nostradamus indicates new and terrible weapons, and
the miscalculations as to the impact on the environment that they
will bring about.
Time appears to be a component of varying accuracy in psychically
predicted Earth events. For example, some of the dates which psychic
Edgar Cayce assigns to major Earth changes have already passed. One
useful hypothesis is to think in terms of generations of twenty-five
years or so, rather than specific years.
In this sense, the generation which
experiences the times of trouble Nostradamus foresees corresponds
roughly in time and magnitude with the period of Earth changes
described by Edgar Cayce. Both describe New York being destroyed in
a war. Both Nostradamus and Edgar Cayce describe the same magnitude
of cataclysmic Earth changes as one outcome of this period.
While Edgar Cayce does not specify what the cause of Earth changes
will be, Nostradamus does. It is the effect of new and terrible
weapons that trigger the Earth changes. The Earth sciences critique
of electromagnetic weapons including HAARP shows that operation of
the weapons may trigger large-scale Earth changes.
Does science and psychic prediction converge in Earth changes
triggered by environmental weapons?
Both public interest science and psychic prediction may telling us
that, if Environmental weapons are deployed in global,
anti-population wars, cataclysmic Earth changes may be triggered,
and effect the future of the human species as a whole.
The Nostradamus quatrains also may have an underlying positive
message. The message is that humanity can actually choose the future
it wants. We can choose as a species to have a suicidal global war.
By the same token, we can choose an alternative future. We can stop
electromagnetic weapons; we can engender the grass-roots support
against war and conflict; we can bypass a suicidal stage of warfare
In a way, the Edgar Cayce and Nostradamus precognitions of Earth
changes and global conflict function as a warning, of a future that
could come if mankind does not shift away from conflict to a
consciousness of the oneness of creation.
What we are beginning to learn here bears repeating, because it may
be cognitively dissonant to what one normally hears, in public
policy circles, in psychic circles, in media, even in military
Coming Earth changes may be avoided by stopping the development and
use of electromagnetic weapons. Or, as a positivist would say, if we
develop and use environmental weapons, we may trigger Earth changes,
and this must be avoided.
Halting Environmental weapons, and forestalling Earth changes, means
raising grass-roots consciousness of the consequences of global
Environmental warfare. Stopping the development and use of
electromagnetic weapons will require holding public and military
There are inexorable forces of nature at work, which in the end may
moot these attempted interventions by human military organizations
to make war utilizing the Earth’s basic bio-systems as weapons.
Surprise! Starting in the time-window of 1998-2001, the Earth is
coming into alignment with the core of the Galaxy - the center of
its giant spiral arms.
The Galactic core is a pulsating
electromagnetic for the organism that is the Milky Way galaxy,
dominating it in the same manner as our Sun dominates our solar
This galactic alignment is a prelude to Mayan end-cycle due to occur
in a time-window around December 22, 2012 AD. For the first time in
26,000 years Earth now moves into the electromagnetic energy fields
of the galactic beam-waves. It was these galactic beams that gave
birth to our Sun 4.55 billion years ago. The same Galactic beams may
trigger gross disturbances or a reversal of the Sun’s magnetic
In turn, these magnetic disturbances on
the Sun may twist and distort the electromagnetic fields of the
Earth, causing a tilt of the Earth’s surface and tectonic plates -
and cataclysmic Earth changes.
The prophesized Mayan age of Earth changes and of new cosmic
consciousness may start, imploding the very structure of a
war-fixated human civilization.
Chapter Two -
Parapsychology and Earth Sciences
Let’s get grounded now.
Grounded in our understanding of the
delicate balances that hold together the interactive bands of
atmosphere and moving surfaces of our planet. The same scientific
insights that developed electromagnetic weapons also tell how
environmental weapons might throw our Earth out of kilter.
I am not an Earth scientist, but perhaps the ability to create and
manipulate chains of logic is common both to generic analytical
thinking and the science of our planet. Or maybe systems thinking
trains the mind in the marshalling of arguments, the creation of
legal briefs in the guise of scientific argument. I tell myself I am
carrying forward in a classic tradition, rushing in where your
ordinary geologist or seismologist might fear to tread.
Earth science is really all about systems thinking. Think of the
Earth as a single system, a functioning spaceship carrying us round
and round in space, and it will be easier for your mind. Just like a
spaceship, each Earth system - atmosphere, tectonic plates, magnetic
bands - interacts and depends upon the other.
It used to be scientific gospel, back in
Sir Charles Lyell’s time (a father of modern geology who lived in
1797-1875), that Earth was so large and geologic evolution so
gradual that Earth cataclysm never took place. That gospel is no
longer held to be scientific truth. Now we have come to accept that
geologic cataclysm has happened and may happen in the future.
Not only that, modern Earth sciences have even gotten into the
cosmic cause-and-effect game. Case in point - the apparent
correlation between storms on the surface of the Sun, and wars,
accidents, revolutions, and earthquakes on Earth. Case in point -
how drilling oil wells and detonating underground atomic bombs has
apparently caused earthquakes. Case in point - how weather
modification caused by electromagnetic fields have apparently
Yes, changes in any one part of the
Earth system can yield changes in another part of the system;
changes that may be way out of line compared to the magnitude of the
original cause. If one abuses the control systems of a spaceship,
conceivably the spaceship could become terminally unstable and be
lost, along with all its crew.
This spaceship example is an analogy of the abuse that
electromagnetic weapons work on the control systems of our spaceship
Worst case scenario?
Electromagnetic energy of environmental weapons
systems twists and distorts the ionosphere and electromagnetic
fields of the Earth. In turn, the Earth surface structures tilt,
causing thrusting pressure onto the massive tectonic plates on the
Earth’s surface. The moving jigsaw puzzle of tectonic plates becomes
unstable. Earthquakes occur, and in the extreme case, entire
landmasses shift upward and downward into the oceans. A "new",
devastated Earth comes into being.
Why do we not hear about this more in the public discourse?
That’s not an easy question to answer.
A complete answer involves taking your mind simultaneously into
areas that the mind normally does not visit simultaneously:
military weapons development
If any one’s mind should understandably balk at the surface
weirdness of this exercise, please know that the
counter-evolutionary forces of Earth do monitor and visit all of
these disciplines and more.
That is to develop an understanding and
perpetrate the misunderstandings necessary to maintain what appears
to be a state of permanent planetary war.
Over the last several decades, the Earth sciences have developed our
Earth dynamics. This is particularly true as
regards to the emerging science of earthquake prediction, and plate
tectonics - how movements in the large tectonic plates that make up
the Earth’s surface cause earthquakes.
The revolution in the Earth sciences is comparable to the revolution
in quantum physics earlier this century. Science has now developed
models of the Earth’s behavior that permit the analysis of Earth’s
cycles over geologic ages, as well as the prediction of future Earth
events and trends.
Earth sciences have furthered our knowledge of the workings of plate
tectonics. Plate tectonics recognizes that the surface of the Earth
is composed of twenty or so large inverted curved plates, causing
the continents to drift and the ocean floors to constantly renew
themselves. The science of plate tectonics has led to the
integration of Earth science sub-groups which were formerly
independent disciplines: catastrophic geology, geophysics,
paleontology, geochemistry, hydrology, geodesy, oceanography,
geography, and seismology.
Plate tectonic theory provides strong evidence of a single
relatively recent landmass composed of South America, Africa, India,
Australia, and Antarctica.
The primitive continent - known as
Gondwanaland - existed as recently as 150 million years ago, these
modern continents fitting together like a giant jigsaw puzzle.
Eventually, with the breakup of Gondwanaland into five drifting
continents, came the formation of mountain ranges and land bridges.
The Himalayas, for example, are thought to be the result of a
collision of the Indian subcontinent - then drifting eastward on a
single tectonic plate - with Asia.
Plate tectonic theory has restructured our views about how the
Earth’s landmasses and oceans developed, and about the evolution and
migration of numerous forms of plant and animal life. Importantly,
the study of plate tectonics has given us a deeper understanding of
the origins and mechanisms of earthquakes - potentially the most
catastrophic of Earth disturbances.
Changes in the Earth’s inner dynamics and in its climate systems
are, the Earth sciences tell us, the product of vast and continual
interactions among natural forces. The forces include major
celestial bodies - the Sun, the Moon, and the planets - that in
their shifting juxtapositions exert strains on the Earth’s mass, its
ocean, and its atmosphere.
Within the sphere formed by the Earth and its atmosphere, there is
also continual interplay. Tectonic plates on the surface of the
Earth shift and cause strain to build within the mass of the Earth.
This strain seeks outlet, expending itself as earthquake or volcanic
eruption. Volcanic eruptions can, in turn, spew vast quantities of
dust into the atmosphere, cloaking the light of the Sun and causing
climatic distortion, and create large areas of drought or flood
about the surface of the Earth.
Earthquakes have historically been among the most devastating
levelers of humankind and its settlements. The losses in Asian
Earthquakes, some occurring long before industrial society, are
830,000 dead in Shensi, China in 1556
300,000 dead in
Calcutta, India in 1737
180,000 dead in Kansu, China in 1920
143,000 dead in Tokyo and Yokohama, Japan in 1923
have also suffered devastation in major Earthquakes:
60,000 dead in
Lisbon, Portugal in 1755
75,000 dead in Messina, Italy in 1908
66,794 dead in Huaraz, Peru in 1970
In North America, the United States has experienced a number of
major earthquakes in the course of the past 300 years.
earthquakes have occurred in the Northeast, Midwest, and Southeast,
not areas normally associated with earthquakes. In 1663, an
earthquake felt over two million square miles, occurred in the New
York-St. Lawrence area. Major earthquakes occurred in Boston,
Massachusetts in 1755; along the Mississippi valley in 1811 and
1812; at Charleston, South Carolina in 1886. In the seismically
active West, major earthquakes occurred in California in 1857, 1872,
With the exception of the 1906 San Francisco Earthquake, the United
States has been fortunate in escaping major death tolls from
earthquakes. Major earthquakes have taken place in the sparsely
settled areas of the last two centuries, and at times of day that
minimized danger to human lives. Were the same geographic areas to
experience major earthquakes today, the loss to human life and
property could well be catastrophic.
Although its dominant theories trace their origins to classical
Greece, seismology - the study of earthquakes - is a relatively
young science. With the introduction of quantitative methods,
seismology has concentrated on understanding the mechanisms of
earthquakes, and on development of reliable earthquake prediction.
Most natural earthquakes find their
source in the accumulation of strain in the Earth’s interior. This
strain is the result of the slow convective movement of the massive
tectonic plates covering its surface. Earthquakes may be caused by
dilatancy - massive cracking of interior rock within the Earth in
response to the accumulation of tectonic strain. The energy release
by an earthquake reflects an abrupt easing of accumulated strain.
Shear waves within the Earth and compression waves along the surface
of the Earth accompany the earthquake.
The processes building up to an earthquake may take centuries. There
are identifiable precursors on which modern earthquake prediction
models are based.
Some of the models focus on dilatancy - the network of cracking in
subterranean rock which appears well before the triggering of an
The precursory period before an earthquake is accompanied by a
number of observable changes in several phenomena that accompany
dilatancy. There are specific deformations in the tilt of the
Earth’s surface; increases in the electrical conductivity of the
ground, and marked changes in the chemical composition of ground
water in an earthquake area. Other seismic indicators - the velocity
of local Earth waves, the level of subliminal trembling of the
Earth, the configuration of interior Earth stresses - follow
measurable patterns prior to an earthquake.
Together these factors can give a relatively precise indication of
the time and intensity of a coming earthquake. Generally, the
greater the magnitude of a coming earthquake, the larger the warning
time for the earthquake. A minor earthquake may be known days or
weeks in advance. A major earthquake may be predicted years in
advance, within a range of time.
The earthquake prediction
techniques are far from perfected. In a retroactive application of
the prediction technique, scientists found that they could have
successfully predicted the destructive 1971 San Fernando, California
Earthquake three and a half years in advance, had the prediction
method been available to them.
Most of the planet’s earthquakes are concentrated along a small
number of belts corresponding roughly to the boundaries between the
huge tectonic plates forming the surface of the Earth. The
collisions and convective motions of tectonic plates give rise to
the stresses producing earthquakes.
The largest of the seismic hot zones,
the Circum-Pacific belt, includes the entire rim of the Pacific
Ocean, from South America through Central America, western North
America, to Japan and the Philippine Islands. Another major
Earthquake belt cuts through the Himalayas and the Mediterranean to
the Azores in the Atlantic Ocean. A third Earthquake belt cuts
through the Mid-Atlantic Ridge to the Antarctic and around the
southern tip of Africa into the Indian Ocean.
Many of the countries along the seismic belts are highly vulnerable
to major earthquakes. Japan, for example, lies at the boundary of
two massive tectonic plates, one of which is being thrust under the
other. The entire country is crisscrossed with active earthquake
faults. Most of the landmasses along the Circum-Pacific are
similarly vulnerable to major earthquake activity, from South
America up through Central America and the western coast of North
America (the United States, Canada, and Alaska).
Of particular concern is a possible
future catastrophic earthquake in California.
The exact time, duration and intensity of large-scale earthquakes,
such as a future catastrophic California Earthquake are not yet
predictable. Some estimates of the possible impact of such a
catastrophic earthquake have run as high as 1,000,000 dead, if the
earthquake were to originate between San Francisco and Los Angeles
and devastate both cities. Other estimates foresee the possible loss
of human life at between 10,360 and 100,000 dead.
Deep-focus earthquakes tend to strike the interior of a landmass or
For example, the major earthquakes that have historically occurred
in the eastern part of the United States are thought to be caused by
strain accumulated along the junction of the Pacific Ocean plate and
the North American plate. Increased strain in the faults along the
coast of California in turn may tend to aggravate inner Earth
strains in the eastern United States.
A standard seismic risk map of the United States lists the following
states as areas of maximum seismic risk and vulnerability to
West: California, Nevada,
northwest Washington State
Area 1 - Montana, Wyoming,
Idaho, and Utah
Area 2 - Missouri,
Tennessee, Illinois, and Kentucky
East: Charleston, SC; Boston,
Mass; and the New York-St. Lawrence area.
One assessment concludes that the
potential for damage to property and loss of life is as great in the
eastern United States, as on its West Coast.
The crust of the landmass of the eastern
United States is relatively rigid. Earthquakes of a high magnitude
would be felt over a wider area than along its western coast, where
the Earth’s crust is heavily fractured.
In the eastern North American land mass, the St.
Lawrence Earthquake of 1663 (Mercalli intensity 12) was felt all
over eastern Canada and northeastern United States.
Earthquake of 1870 (Mercalli intensity 8) was felt over 1,000,000
The Missouri Earthquake of 1811 (Mercalli intensity
12) was felt over an area of 2,000,000 square miles.
The Charleston, SC Earthquake of 1886 (Mercalli
intensity 10) was felt over the area of 2,000,000 square miles.
contrast, the largest western Earthquake, the San Francisco
Earthquake of 1906 (Mercalli intensity 11) was felt over 375,000
Earth sciences have also taught us much
The amount of energy released in a single large
volcanic eruption is staggering. The 1983 Krakatua eruption in the
South Pacific released approximately 10 to the 25th ergs of energy,
more than the average total energy released by all earthquakes
around the globe in a single year, spewing volcanic dust into the
atmosphere. A fourfold increase in the present concentration of
volcanic dust in the atmosphere could decrease temperatures by 3 to
5 degrees Celsius, and could bring about an Ice Age if
concentrations persisted for a number of years.
One major finding is that volcanic activity appears to have a
substantial effect on the Earth’s climate. In past epochs, major
shifts in climate have been the result of volcanic dust speed into
the atmosphere by volcanic eruptions. One alternative theory for the
K-T extinction event 65 million years ago is that high volcanic
activity brought about a greenhouse effect on the planet, causing
the extinction of the dinosaurs.
Volcanic eruptions spew large amounts of dust into the upper
atmosphere. The dust enters a network of atmospheric wind current,
and is distributed around the Earth. These dust particles in turn
act as a screen reflecting incoming sunlight back into space,
lowering the average temperature of the Earth. As the dust particles
gradually drift to the surface of the Earth, they tend to seed
rainfall in the process.
Do the Earth sciences give any evidence that cataclysmic Earth
changes may be upon us?
Twenty-five years ago, my original
cataclysmic vision concluded that the Earth was then experiencing an
increase in major earthquakes and volcanic activity, itself often a
precursor of earthquake. Examination of recent and current trends in
Earthquakes and volcanic activity does not confirm evidence of
cataclysmic earth changes - in the form of rising and subsiding
landmasses, shifting Earth axes or magnetic pole reversals.
The irony is that this lack of evidence is not due to the advanced
state of the Earth sciences. It is due, rather, to its blinders -
science cannot begin to consider that galactic cycles and
environmental warfare may be the cause of coming Earth changes, much
less measure risk and vulnerability analysis.
There is mixed evidence to show that the Earth experienced an
increase in earthquakes and volcanic activity during the twelve-year
period 1987-1998. The annual number of great or major earthquakes
during these years was about the same as the average annual number
of great or major earthquakes observed since 1900. If anything, the
annual number of great and major earthquakes during 1987-1998 was
probably lower than the century’s average.
Ominously, nuclear testing, with its release of highly charged
electromagnetic energy into the atmosphere, may be a prime cause of
increased seismic activity. Nuclear weapons, thus, can be considered
an environmental weapon, and at least one country has tried tectonic
(earthquake) warfare using nuclear weapons as the seismic trigger.
The seismic track record is mixed, as the twin causes of Earth
changes - galactic solar activity and environmental weapons - are
just coming into significant play as the 21st Century begins.
Now let’s look at the global frequency of earthquakes occurring
since 1900. We have had an average of one great earthquake, of
Richter 8.0 or higher, every year since 1900.
During the period
1987-1998, the Earth experienced an incidence of great earthquakes
only two-thirds this large.
Likewise, we have had an average of 18
major earthquakes, of Richter 7.0 - 7.9, every year since 1900.
During the twelve years 1987-1998, the Earth experienced 13.2 major
earthquakes each year. Even the annual number of light earthquakes,
Richter 4.0-4.9, experienced during 1987-1998 (5088) is lower than
the annual average since 1900 (6200).
There have been devastating major earthquakes during this period, to
be sure. One of these was the 1989 Earthquake in the San Francisco
Next, let us examine the trends in earthquakes over longer cycles
and periods of time. Perhaps we are on the verge of a major cycle of
earthquakes or Earth changes that we cannot discern from a twelve
year period, but which we can discover by going back into recorded
If we analyze earthquake magnitudes and earthquake trend data in
each of the ten earthquake data bases published by the United States
Geological Service and National Earthquake Information Service, it
does not appear that cataclysmic Earth changes are likely to occur
in our era.
Digging further, if we examine each of these historical earthquake
databases, we do not find a significant increase in the number of
earthquakes around the end of the Twentieth Century and the
beginning of the Twenty-First Century as compared to other times.
There may be larger cycles in the occurrence of earthquakes. Some
cycles of earthquakes may, for example, be influenced or triggered
by large-scale conjunctions of the planets and other celestial
bodies. Cataclysmic earthquakes may have occurred in past geological
But from the Earth sciences evidence available to us, there is no
indication that large-scale Earth changes may be upon us in the near
Is this because cataclysmic Earth changes are not possible?
It is because the predictive model that modern Earth science
uses is functionally blind to galactic cycles and to human
interventions like environmental warfare that can trigger Earth
True, the Earth sciences may be forecasting a number of great
earthquakes in the near-term future, which, if they occurred, could
be catastrophic. The earthquake that comes to mind is the "Great
Earthquake" expected sometime in the future in California. The Earth
sciences know that this earthquake will probably occur.
The exact timing, location and magnitude
are not known at present. This Great Earthquake may occur in the
near term future; it may occur a century or more in the future.
While the Earth sciences do predict specific catastrophic
earthquakes, the sciences do not predict cataclysmic Earth changes:
disappearances of continents and nations under the sea; the Earth’s
axis shifting. According to the Earth sciences, if future great
earthquakes do occur, they may certainly be catastrophic if the
worst case scenarios are played out. The Earth sciences do not
predict a series of cataclysmic events, involving massive Earth
Let us turn now to trends in volcanic eruptions. In past geological
epochs, volcanic activity and a resulting greenhouse effect may have
been responsible for large-scale species becoming extinct on the
planet. There is no indication from the Earth sciences that Earth
changes brought about by volcanic activity will occur on the planet
in the near term future.
Let’s look at the record of major volcanic eruptions since 1500 AD.
A trend analysis does not reveal imminent Earth changes brought
about by increased volcanic activity. The casualties at the most
recent deadly eruption were brought about by a failure of the
central government of Colombia to warn the town of Nevado del Ruiz
when it knew eruption was imminent.
Casualties at the other two recent
eruptions, Mount St. Helens, Washington and Mount Pinatubo,
Philippines were relatively low. The highest death toll, that caused
by Mount Tambora in 1815, Indonesia, came about by starvation in the
aftermath of the eruption.
We can also examine all volcanic eruptions of a Volcanic Explosivity
Index (VEI) greater than 5.0 which have occurred in the last 10,000
years to see if some trend indicating coming Earth changes can be
In Europe, the last volcanic eruption of major magnitude was
Vesuvius in 79 AD, which decimated Pompeii. In the South Pacific and
Melanesia-Australia, the last major eruptions were in 1725 and 1905
on Samoa. In Indonesia, the last major eruption was in 1883, in
Krakatau. In Japan, the last major eruption was in 1914. In the
Philippines, the only major volcanic eruption in the last 10,000
years was Mt. Pinatubo.
In Russia, the last major volcanic
eruption was in 1975. In North America, the last major eruption was
in 1980, Mt. St. Helens, Washington. In Mexico, the last major
eruption was in 1982 in El Chichon. In South America, the last major
eruption was in Chile in 1991 at Cerro Hudson. In Iceland the last
major eruption was in 1753.
From the data, there were two major volcanic eruptions on the planet
in 1991 - Mt Pinatubo in the Philippines and Cerro Hudson in Chile.
On a 10,000 year cycle, two 5.0 volcanic eruptions in a single year
may be interpreted as a possible upturn in global volcanic activity,
at least of major eruptions. There is no pattern in the record,
which indicates we are on the verge of volcanism of cataclysmic
Why do not the Earth sciences forecast cataclysmic volcanism for the
near term future? Because at least two potential causes of
cataclysmic Earth changes brought about by volcanism are totally
outside the universe of possible events considered by the Earth
sciences. These potential causes are cyclical, violent galactic
disruptions of the solar magnetic field, and human environmental
True again, the Earth sciences have forecast major volcanic
eruptions that may have catastrophic consequences if they do occur.
For example, there are premonitory signs that a volcanic eruption of
Mt. Vesuvius in Italy may well occur. Vesuvius’ erupting could cause
catastrophic damage and death toll to Naples, whose suburbs have
spread dangerously close to the volcano's slopes.
The volcanic eruptions forecast by Earth sciences, however, do not
approach cataclysmic Earth changes in scale.
As we discussed, celestial bodies (termed "near Earth objects") have
in past geologic cycles caused catastrophic Earth changes -
asteroids, meteorites, or comets - colliding with Earth. The
archetypal example may have been the K-T event, which may have been
caused when an asteroid 6 miles across impacted in the southern Gulf
of Mexico. We do not know if the K-T event, which resulted in the
extinction of the dinosaurs, was caused by asteroid impact, or
volcanic activity and consequent greenhouse effect of the planet.
But no celestial collisions appear to be on the horizon now, though
admittedly a dangerous near Earth object could be discovered at any
moment. For a brief moment, it appeared that asteroid 1997 XF11,
about a mile across, would come within 30,000 miles of the Earth’s
center in the year 2028, raising the probability of a collision with
Earth. Current scientific opinion holds, however, that there is
"virtually" no chance of 1997FX-11 colliding with Earth.
Of course, the chances of Earth colliding with near Earth objects
continue to be high and unpredictable. We have just seen how the
Earth sciences do not show evidence of impending Earth changes on
So why should we be worried about cataclysmic Earth changes at all?
I do not mean the catastrophic natural disasters that are within the
norm we have experienced over, say, the last 10,000 years. As to
natural disasters we have come to normally expect, communities and
governments in varying degrees support disaster preparedness and
planning; emergency disaster relief; and the development of Earth
sciences’ ability to predict Earthquake, volcanic, and tsunamis.
The Earth sciences inform us that we do not appear to be at the
verge of cataclysmic Earth changes. Earth sciences predict only
natural disasters along the norm we have historically experienced.
These can have devastating social consequences if our
infrastructure, our governments, and our social order are not
So where do we get the information that cataclysmic Earth changes
may happen in our age?
We must repair to edge-of-the-envelope, out-of-the-box thinking
about coming cataclysm.
For knowledge about possible Earth changes, we must go to the
paranormal sciences - parapsychology and precognition. Specifically,
we can examine sets of predictions about cataclysmic Earth changes
made by psychics of proven accuracy.
Precognitive information is accurate information about future events
which persons of psychic ability obtain other than by reason or
sensory experience. Precognitive information about Earth changes has
traditionally been shunned in modern Earth sciences and in public
policy formulation. This oversight may be the result of social or
personal taboos against psychic information; through ignorance that
psychic knowledge about Earth changes even exists; or because
scientists or policy makers assume psychic information to be
The scientific validity of specific forms of paranormal phenomena is
firmly established. Studies of precognition (knowledge about future
events), psychokinesis (affecting physical object with the mind),
and telepathy (mind to mind communication) have demonstrated the
validity of each of these phenomena. Research in the field traces
back to Sir Francis Bacon (1561-1626), who was the first in Western
science to devise experimental methods for testing paranormal
Prominent western scientists have
devoted part of their work to the study of the paranormal:
There is no
rational basis for the scientific taboo against data derived from
Modern research on precognition involves the application of rigorous
experimental methods, often by scientists with established
reputations in other fields. One series of experiments involves a
subject’s accurate prediction of future events whose occurrence is
determined by the theoretically unpredictable decay of a radioactive
strontium 90 particle.
In a series of 63,066 trials, three
subjects made accurate predictions of theoretically unpredictable
subatomic particles at a level above change of two billion to one.
In a second series of 20,000 trials, three subjects made correct
predictions of events that are unpredictable according to the law of
physics, at a level of ten billion to one above chance. Experiments
like the above are reported in scientific journals.
Other experimental research has focused on the personality factors
that correlate closely with precognitive ability. In general,
individuals who are less defensive about the output of their deeper
subconscious exhibit a high degree of precognitive accuracy.
They are capable of meditation
relaxation and stilling the mind. Subjects achieve high psychic
capacity whose personality pattern most closely fits their ego
ideal. One study of hundreds of persons found that the single group
with the highest precognitive accuracy was made up of corporation
presidents. Within this group, those that had doubled their
companies’ profits within the last five years achieved the highest
Two principles can be applied in evaluating the validity of
predictions made by psychics outside of experimental conditions,
such as those we just reviewed.
The first is the psychic’s track record. If a psychic’s other
predictions have been factually verified, there is a higher
probability that a psychic's specific precognition is valid. The
second has to do with the psychic’s profile. If the psychic’s
personality tends to be receptive and non-defensive, there is a
significant increase in the accuracy of the psychic’s precognitive
There is a wide variation in the future context and type of
information that psychics will access. Individuals vary widely in
what they can predict accurately, and over what time frame. The
Earth changes precognitions are from psychics who have a high degree
of accuracy where verified, and whose predictions span long periods
Edgar Cayce (1877-1945) fits many of the profile
characteristics of a high psychic.
He was a professional psychic who spent
his young adulthood as a salesman and photographer in the United
States. His adult reading was largely limited to daily passages from
bible. By all historical accounts, Cayce was a gentle, selfless, and
well-adjusted man, devoted to his family and to a life of quiet
During the last forty-three years of his life, Cayce gave a prolific
number of psychic trance readings, which included extensive medical
diagnoses and treatments, historical and scientific readings, and
predictions about the future.
By the time of his death, he had accumulated over 14,000 readings,
approximately 9000 of which, were medical diagnoses and treatments
of patients who sought out his aid, and most of whom he never met in
In his psychic readings, Cayce maintained a deep meditative trance,
during which he would answer questions about the health of a patient
requesting a diagnosis, or a person requesting personal or
Edgar Cayce possessed a high degree of psychic capacity. He
exhibited a remarkable rate of factual accuracy in areas subject to
easy verification. The overwhelming majority of his medical readings
are factually accurate. While in trance, he was capable of handling
a reading in foreign languages he did not understand in his waking
Cayce clairvoyantly detected errors that his stenographer made in
writing down his readings, and corrected them while in trance. In a
typical psychic reading, Cayce was given only the name and address
of the patient or querent, and he would proceed to describe
accurately many details of the persons medical condition, history,
personality, circumstances, and future. He was able to exert
considerable telepathic influence over the decisions of other
persons, a capacity that he used as little as possible.
Cayce’s record of accurate diagnosis and treatment in his medical
psychic readings is high, where verifiable. Documented cases of
Cayce’s medical inaccuracy have been correlated his failure to
maintain a positive, non-defensive attitude toward his patient.
Cayce’s scientific readings include psychic descriptions of geology
and Earth processes that were not in accord with the Earth sciences
of the times. Recent developments in geology have tended to render
Cayce’s geological readings accurate.
Cayce’s historical psychic readings are truly prescient.
One 1937 reading includes a discussion
of the Essene community along the Dead Sea during the period 300 BC
to 100 AD. The reading predates the discovery of the
scrolls in 1947, which provided the first historical record of the Essene people.
In the course of his career, Cayce gave a total of sixty-five Earth
event readings concerning past and future geological events.
Approximately fifty Earth event readings deal with past events in
the Earth’s history, covering Earth events as early as the Pliocene
era (10,000,000 BC).
Fifteen of the Cayce Earth event readings concern predictions of
future cataclysmic Earth changes, following a premonitory period
from 1958 to 2001. The Earth changes presented in the Cayce readings
are radically different from the Earth event trends predicted for
the near term future by the Earth sciences.
One geologist has written that past
geological events described by the Cayce readings have been rendered
more probable by the revolution in the Earth sciences.
"Most of the readings on
pre-historical subjects were given in the 1920s and 30s and all
were on file before 1945. It is thus clear that the majority of
the psychic statements antedate all of the striking discoveries
made by such youth fields of scientific endeavor as deep-sea
research, paleomagnetic research, and research on the absolute
age of geologic materials.
Whereas the results of recent
research sometimes modify, or even overthrow, important concepts
of geology, they often have the opposite effect, in relation to
the [Cayce] psychic readings, in that they tend to render them
The Cayce Earth changes predictions
were given in the 1930s and 40s, toward the latter part of his
career, and are a minor segment of his total work.
Cayce’s Earth event predictions are
given while in trance, and are stenographically recorded. The
predictions appear interspersed with other material not related to
The Earth changes predictions themselves are of a general nature,
outlining the dimensions and location of predicted Earth events. One
doorway event is predicted to occur at a specific time. Some
predicted Earth events are conditional upon the occurrence of other
events. The period that could ultimately bring about cataclysmic
events is predicted to begin during the time-window 1958-1998, and
accelerate, beginning in 2001. These Earth changes, when they do
occur, would culminate in a shift of the axis of the Earth.
The doorway event Cayce predicted to occur at a specific time
appears to have happened.
Cayce predicted the discovery in 1968 or
1969 in Bimini, Bahamas, of artifacts of
Atlantis, an advanced
civilization destroyed in a series of Earth changes culminating
about 10,000 BC. In fact, a 1969 archeological expedition to Bimini
guided by the Cayce predictions discovered the ruins of ancient
temple structures corresponding to the ancient civilization,
presumably part of Atlantis. The ruins were lying in relatively
We can now examine the specific transcripts of the Cayce Earth
changes predictions, given in trance readings in 1932, 1934, 1936,
1. April 9, 1932:
QUESTION: How soon will the
changes in the Earth’s activity begin to be apparent?
CAYCE: When there the first breaking up of some conditions in
the South Sea (that’s South Pacific to be sure), and those as
apparent in the sinking or rising of that that’s almost opposite
same, or in the Mediterranean, and the Aetna area, then we may
know it has begun.
QUESTION: How long before this will begin?
CAYCE: The indications are that some of these have already
begun, yet others would say these are only temporary. We would
say they have begun. ’36 will see the greater changes apparent,
to be sure.
QUESTION: Will there be any physical changes in the Earth’s
surface in North America? If so, what sections will be affected,
CAYCE: All over the country, we will find many changes in the
Earth’s surface of a minor or greater degree. The greater
change, as we will find, in America, will be the North Atlantic
Seaboard. Watch New York! Connecticut and the like.
QUESTION: When will this be?
CAYCE: In this period. As to just when….
QUESTION: What, if any changes will take place around Norfolk
CAYCE: No material, that would be effective to the area, other
than would eventually become more beneficial - in a port and the
2. January 19, 1934:
CAYCE: The Earth will be
broken up in many places. The early portion will see a change in
the physical aspect of the West Coast of America. There will be
open waters appear in the northern portions of Greenland.
There will be new lands seen off the
Caribbean Sea, and dry land will appear….South America shall be
shaken from the uppermost portion to the end, and in the
Antarctic off of Tierra del Fuego, land, and a strait with
3. January 19, 1934:
CAYCE: As to the changes
physical again: The Earth will be broken up in the western
portion of America. The greater portion of Japan must go into
the sea. The upper portions of Europe will be changed as in the
twinkling of an eye. Land will appear off the East Coast of
There will be upheavals in the
arctic and Antarctic that will make for the eruptions of
volcanoes in the Torrid areas, and there will be the shifting
then of the poles - so that where there has been those of a
frigid or the semitropical will become the more tropical and
moss and fern will grow. And these will begin in those periods
in ’58 to ’98.
4. August 13, 1941:
CAYCE: As to the conditions
in the geography of the world, of the country - changes here are
gradually coming about. No wonder, then, that the entity feels
the need, the necessity for change of central location.
For many portions of the East Coast
will be disturbed, as well as many portions of the West Coast,
as well as the central portion of the U.S. In the next few years
lands will appear in the Atlantic as well as the Pacific. And
what is the coastline now of many a land will be the bed of the
ocean. Even many of the battlefields of the present [August,
1941] will be ocean, will be the seas, the bays, the lands over
which the new order will carry on their trade with one another.
Portions of the now East Coast of New York, or New York City
itself, will in the main disappear. This will be another
generation, though, here; while the southern portions of
Carolina, Georgia - these will disappear. This will be much
sooner. The waters of the [Great} Lakes will empty into the
Gulf, rather than the waterway over which such discussions have
been recently made. It would be well if the waterway were
prepared, but not for that purpose for which it is at present
Then the area where the entity is now located [Virginia Beach]
will be among the safety lands, as will be portions of what is
now Ohio, Indiana, and Illinois, and much of the southern
portion of Canada and the eastern portion of Canada; while the
Western land - much of that is to be disturbed - in this land -
as, of course, much in other lands. Then, with the knowledge of
these - first the principles, then the material changes.
The choice should be made by the
entity itself as to location, and especially, as to the active
5. August 13, 1941:
QUESTION: I have for many
months felt I should move away from New York City.
CAYCE: This is well, as indicated. There is too much unrest;
there will continue to be the character of vibrations that to
the body will be disturbing, and eventually those destructive
forces there - though these will be in the next generation.
6. August 13, 1941:
QUESTION: Will Los Angeles be
CAYCE: Los Angeles, San Francisco, most all of these will be
among those that will be destroyed before New York even.
In addition to the trance Earth changes readings, Edgar Cayce
reports having an apparent prophetic dream, on March 3, 1936.
The dream occurred while Cayce was returning from Detroit by
train to Virginia Beach. He had just successfully concluded
court proceedings arising from his arrest in November 1935 for
allegedly practicing medicine without a license.
CAYCE (Dream Report): "I had been born again in 2100 AD in
Nebraska. The sea apparently covered all the western part of the
country, as the city where I lived was on the coast. The family
name was a strange one. At an early age as a child I declared
myself to be Edgar Cayce who had lived 200 years before.
Scientists, long men with beards, little hair, and thick glasses
were called in to observe me. They decided to visit the places
where I said I had been born, lived and worked, in Kentucky,
Alabama, New York, Michigan, and Virginia. Taking me with them,
the group of scientists visited these places in a long,
cigar-shaped, metal flying ship which moved at great speed.
Water covered much of Alabama. Norfolk, Virginia had become an
immense seaport. New York had been destroyed either by war or an
Earthquake and was being rebuilt. Industries were scattered over
the countryside. Most houses were of glass.
Many records of my work as Edgar Cayce were discovered and
collected. The group returned to Nebraska, taking the records
Let us assume for a moment that the
Cayce predictions are accurate as to the scale, if not the details,
of coming Earth changes.
Two questions immediately arise:
What is the timing of these
What is the probable cause that
would most easily account for such a cataclysmic scale of
Earth changes, and can this cause be avoided?
The Earth sciences now tell us that the
most probable cause of the global cataclysm described by the Cayce
predictions would be a massive coordinated disruption of the system
of tectonic plates about the Earth.
If the Earth’s tectonic plates were
violently all shifted about, a cataclysm of the sort described by
Cayce would be the result. Cayce’s over-all description of the
cataclysm includes massive Earth shifts taking place along
inter-tectonic rims. The cataclysm also includes the appearance and
disappearance of large landmasses, likely to be caused by violent
A violent disruption of the tectonic plate system is likely to be
caused by one or both of two forces. Forces coming from deep within
the Earth could force the tectonic plates upward and against each
other. Or, the tectonic plate system could be violently thrown out
of balance by a disruption in the delicately balanced forces of the
magnetic belts, ionosphere, and other bands of energy that help keep
the Earth’s surface in balance.
As we have seen, the Earth sciences are not forecasting a disruption
of the scale predicted by Cayce. In other words, on its own, the
Earth does not appear to be preparing for cataclysm. We would have
to find another proximate cause for the Cayce cataclysm.
Enter here electromagnetic weapons, just now being deployed. One
potential environmental impact of electromagnetic weapon systems,
such as HAARP, is precisely the disruption of the magnetic bands
holding the Earth’s surface in balance.
Put very directly: If electromagnetic weapons become operational,
there is the likelihood that they will damage the Earth’s magnetic
atmosphere, and thus trigger the cataclysm Cayce foresaw.
Humankind and its weapons are the most likely cause of the
cataclysm! The cataclysm can be avoided by stopping the deployment
of electromagnetic weapons. It is as simple and straightforward as
Now just when in time will this cataclysm occur, if not prevented?
Time is a relative concept in the Cayce predictions. For example,
Cayce predicted a powerful Earthquake in San Francisco for 1936,
when none in fact occurred.
Probably the most useful approach to
time is to think of the predictions as describing not precise years,
but periods or an era of time; a generation or generations involved
in trauma and transformation. Thus, the period 1958 to 1998 is a
period during which Earth changes trends become apparent.
described as 2001 and forward is the period during which the
cataclysms or transformations can occur.
We have just seen that the most plausible proximate cause of the
Earth changes predicted by Edgar Cayce is mankind’s new generation
of electromagnetic weapons.
Let us now review the specific predicted Earth changes themselves.
Cayce predicts at least specific ten major Earth changes. Each of
these is geologically plausible.
Taken together, what Cayce describes as
individual Earth changes would be the result of a violent disruption
of the Earth’s tectonic plate system.
Destructive Earthquake activity
along the western coast of the United States.
Disappearance of the southern
portions of Carolina and Georgia.
The disappearance of the greater
portion of Japan under the sea.
Rapid Earth changes in the upper
portion of Europe.
The emptying of the Great Lakes
into the Gulf of Mexico.
The rising of new lands along
the eastern coast of the United States.
Dramatic Earth changes along the
Atlantic Seaboard, including the destruction of New York.
Upheavals of the Earth in the
Arctic and Antarctic.
Volcanic eruptions in the torrid
A shift in the axis Earth, and
large-scale climatic changes.
A geological analysis of each of the
predicted Cayce Earth changes concluded that the psychic information
was confirmed by the Earth sciences.
The analysis noted,
"It is in the advocation of a very
rapid acceleration of this trend that the psychic information
departs from the standard geological concept of gradual change."
In brief, the geological analysis shows
that each of the predicted Cayce Earth changes is plausible.
The Cayce psychic information
predicts that a substantial section of Japan will become
ocean floor. The geological analysis notes the rapid
subsidence of substantial portions of the Japanese landmass.
This, leading in one case, to the submergence of an entire
forest due to the instability of a block of the local Earth
crust. The analysis further notes the high seismicity of
Japan, and the location of its landmass on active faults.
Europe and the North Atlantic
The psychic information predicts
rapid changes in the upper portion of Europe. Geological
analysis notes evidence of significant uplift in the
landmass in northern Europe.
The analysis concludes that the
appearance of new landmass in the northern Atlantic, an
event predicted by Cayce, would produce a sudden blockage or
diversion in the Gulf Stream. The blockage would cut off
northern Europe from the warming influence of the Gulf
Moreover, the geological
analysis indicates that recent measurements of crustal
upwarping in the Canadian Arctic, Spitsbergen, and Greenland
show relatively rapid rates of uplift, believed due to
unloading by recently vanished or presently melting ice
The South Pacific
Cayce indicates that seismic
activity in an area of the South Pacific diametrically
opposite Mount Aetna in the Mediterranean will signal that
beginning of a significant phase of Earth changes, duration
unknown. The geological analysis notes that this area of the
South Pacific (longitude175 degrees E and latitude 20
degrees S) is an area of great seismicity, easily
susceptible to activation.
Cayce’s psychic information
predicts sinking or rising of land in the Mediterranean. The
geological analysis notes the rapid and unexplained drop in
the level of waters along the eastern portion of the
Mediterranean in the years immediately preceding 1959.
Eastern U.S. Seaboard
The psychic information predicts
extensive submerging of the northeastern and southeastern
seaboards of the United States. The geological analysis
notes the high seismicity of the northeast and the southeast
U.S., and the evidence of massive sinking of large areas
adjacent to major eastern Earthquakes in the past, notably
the New Madrid, Missouri Earthquake of 1811.
New Land Masses
The psychic information predicts
the rising of new land masses in the Pacific, Atlantic and
Caribbean. The geological analysis notes the not uncommon
emergence of new landmasses after an earthquake, in many
cases involving a rising or subsidence of several thousand
feet. The analysis cites the emergence of landmasses off of
Ecuador in 1960, and a tremendous submarine upheaval off
Morocco in the Agadir Earthquake of 1960.
The Great Lakes
The Cayce information predicts
the emptying of the Great Lakes into the Gulf of Mexico. The
geological analysis notes the rapid degree of tilting
occurring in the land mass northeast of the Great Lakes, and
the consequent southwestward tilting of the lake basins.
Even without a seismic disruption, the degree of tilt would
cause the emptying of the Great Lakes into the Mississippi
drainage system within 1600 years.
The Cayce information predicts
severe seismic activity the length of the South American
continent. The geological analysis notes the location of
South America along the boundary lines of major tectonic
plates, and the Circum-Pacific belt. This seismic belt would
likely be activated by a major disruption of the tectonic
plate system, such as one caused by human electromagnetic
weapons, or other causes.
Antarctica and Tierra del Fuego
The Cayce data predict seismic
upheavals in Antarctica, the Arctic, and the appearance of
land off Tierra del Fuego, South America. The geological
analysis notes the occurrence of an extremely rare and large
earthquake - the first such ever recorded - in the northern
Magellan straits in July 1959. A rare volcanic eruption
occurred off the Antarctic in December 1967, the first
eruption in the area in 120 years.
The Cayce predictions indicate
that portions of Ohio, Indiana, and southern Canada are
safety lands that will be relatively stable during the
period of upheavals. The geological analysis notes that
these areas fall in low seismicity zones.
Cayce material has several other
specific Earth changes predictions.
One of these, made in a January 1936 trance session, dealt with the
nature of earthquakes, and the interconnectedness of Earth events.
1. January, 1936
QUESTION: What is the primary
cause of Earthquakes? Will San Francisco suffer from such a
catastrophe this year ? If so, give date, time, and
information for the guidance of this body, who has personal
property, records and a wife, all of which it wishes safety.
CAYCE: We do not find that this particular district (San
Francisco) in the present year will suffer the great material
damages that have been experienced heretofore.
While portions of the country will be affected, we find these
will be farther east than San Francisco - or those south, where
there has not been heretofore the greater activity.
The causes of these, of course, are the movements about the
Earth; that is internally - and the cosmic activity or influence
of other planetary forces and stars and their relationships
produce or bring about the activities of the elemental of the
Earth; that is the Earth, the air, the fire, the water - and
those combinations that make for the replacements in the various
If there are various activities in
the Vesuvius, or Pelee, then the southern coast of California -
and the areas between Salt Lake and the southern portions of
Nevada - may expect, within the three months following same, an
inundation by the Earthquakes. But these, as we find, are to be
more in the southern than in the northern hemisphere.
This Cayce reading is specific as to time factor (three months),
and as to the inter-linking of seismic activity in the western
United States, and volcanic activity in Mt. Pelee or Mt.
Vesuvius. It is unclear what the relation of volcanic activity
in Mt. Pelee or Mt. Vesuvius might be to the triggering of
Earthquakes and inundation in southern California, Nevada, and
Utah might be. A seismic risk map of Nevada and Utah indicates
that a belt of relatively high seismicity lies between Salt Lake
in Utah and Lake Mead in southern Nevada. Inundations of the
area following earthquakes are geologically possible.
The use of specific time frames, such as "three months" in this
reading, is relative in the Cayce readings. A specific time
means during this general period, or era.
Mt. Pelee in Martinique last erupted in a 5.0 or greater
eruption in 1902, resulting in the deaths of all but one of the
capital city’s 30,000 inhabitants. Mt. Soufriere, fifty
kilometers away on St. Lucia, also erupted in 1902, causing 1565
deaths. It also experienced a series of small eruptions in March
Major eruptions on Mt. Vesuvius
occurred in 79 AD, 1906, and 1944. Like Pelee, Vesuvius is
located in relative proximity to other active volcanoes, Mt.
Aetna, and a volcano on Stromboli Island. Disaster preparedness
officials are concerned about the high risk of an expected
volcanic eruption of Mt. Vesuvius. There is more than a
probability of major devastation to parts of Naples and its
Another time-specific Cayce prediction is that of the shifting
of the Earth’s axis as a culmination of the Earth changes.
1. August 11, 1936
QUESTION: What great change
or the beginning of what change, if any, is to take place in the
Earth in the year 2000 to 2001 AD?
CAYCE: When there is a shifting of the poles. Or a new cycle
In a later reading referring to the pole
shift, the Cayce material indicates that
climatic changes will
accompany this axis shift by the planet.
Plausibly, it is a physical shift in the
Earth’s axis, as climate changes would not accompany shifts in the
CAYCE:….so that where there [have]
been those of a frigid or the semi-tropical will become the more
tropical, and moss and fern will grow.
A shift in the axis of the Earth could
is geologically plausible, as the result of a violent disruption of
the Earth’s tectonic plates, and hence of its land and water masses.
A consistent vision emerges from the Cayce Earth changes readings.
The specific massive Earth changes his psychic predictions describe
are in fact those which could be brought about by a disturbance of
the Earth’s tectonic plate system. The culminating Earth change - a
shift in the axis of the Earth - would be brought about with the
gigantic rearrangement of tectonic plates, landmasses, and oceans.
A geological analysis of the Cayce axis
shift prediction indicates that it is consistent with the individual
Earth changes predicted, and would be caused by large-scale crustal
Earth scientists have postulated shifts in the Earth’s axis as the
most simple and obvious explanation of great climatic changes in
past geologic epochs.
"The simple and most obvious
explanation of great secular changes in climate, and of former
prevalence of higher temperatures in northern circumpolar
regions, would be found in the assumption that the Earth’s axis
of rotation has not always been in the same position, but that
it may have changed its position as a result of geological
processes, such as extended rearrangement of land and water."
Julius Hann, Austrian
The time frame of this predicted axis
shift again remains relative.
The reading itself indicates that 2001
could be the beginning of a period of Earth changes, a culmination
of which is the Earth’s axis shift, and the beginning of a "new
Another theme of the Cayce readings is predictions of food shortage
that will accompany the period of Earth changes.
One 1944 reading predicted certain areas
as food-producers during the period of Earth changes,
CAYCE: Saskatchewan, the Pampas area
of the Argentine…portions of South Africa….these rich areas,
with some portions of Montana and Nevada, must feed the world.
This theme appeared in various Cayce
readings during this period.
CAYCE: These conditions have not
changed. For the hardships for this country have not begun yet,
so far as the supply and demand for foods is concerned.
CAYCE: Anyone who can buy a farm is fortunate; and buy it if you
want to grow something and don’t want to grow hungry in some
days to come.
CAYCE: All that is for the sustenance of life is produced from
the soil. Then there must be a return to the soil. Every man
must be in that position that he at least creates, by his
activities, that which will sustain the body - from the soil; or
where he is supplying same to those activities that bring such
experiences into the lives of all.
Let us sum up where our journey into
Earth changes has led us so far. We have seen that the Earth
sciences do not predict Earth changes of a cataclysmic scale in the
near term future.
We have seen that psychics like Edgar Cayce can have access to
accurate information about the future. We have also seen that the
type and scale of Earth changes, envisioned by the Cayce psychic
predictions, are geologically plausible.
So, if the Earth changes predicted by Edgar Cayce might occur, how
could they be caused, and why is the Earth sciences not predicting
- Electromagnetic, Environmental Weapons
Environmental weapons are designed to use a specific part of the
Earth’s natural system - weather, climate, tectonic movements - as a
military weapon, inflicting harm upon a population and economy
controlled by a perceived enemy.
Environmental weapons use highly charged
electromagnetic energy, which can activate and manipulate the
electromagnetic fields of designated targets as large as the Earth’s
ionosphere. Environmental weapons are so designed as to trigger
mammoth amounts of natural energy - in an earthquake, or hurricane,
or storm - with a relatively low level of electromagnetic energy.
They can be a kind of Buck Rogers ‘death
ray’, and the patents for environmental weapons are based on Nicola
Tesla's original patents for a ‘cosmic energy machine’.
Environmental weapons can affect weather and climate systems, as
well as the moods and consciousness of individuals or an entire
HAARP is an experimental prototype for environmental
weapons, located near Anchorage, Alaska.
HAARP is designed to supercharge and
superheat the Earth's ionosphere for warfare: to turn the ionosphere
into a global antenna designed to track missiles and enemy
movements; to help create weather warfare events such as massive
earthquake, drought, or storms in enemy territory. Environmental
weapons can also inadvertently trigger large-scale tectonics
movements, and Earth changes.
Some say that some earthquakes and unusual weather patterns that
regions of the Earth are experiencing now may be caused, not only by
phenomena such as El Nino, but also by secret environmental warfare.
The US, Russia and other nations para-military groups may be
developing environmental warfare.
Electromagnetic weapons are the newest
generation of strategic weapons, designed to replace nuclear weapons
that are considered strategically obsolete. Environmental warfare is
usually carried out as part of strategic psychological warfare (psywar).
HAARP, the U.S. military's top secret project in Alaska to turn the
ionosphere into a virtual military weapon by charging it with
electromagnetic impulses, is being tested as the 20th century ends
amid media and public complacency. By super-heating the ionosphere
HAARP could destroy the ionosphere resulting in potentially severe
This highly secret American installation in Alaska is virtually
unknown to people in the United States and Alaska’s own residents
and yet, HAARP "marks the first step toward creating the world's
most powerful "ionospheric heater."
Over the years, HAARP has gone strangely unreported and unnoticed in
public debate. HAARP was voted one of the most underreported news
stories of 1995.
The Washington Post, in an August 18,
1998 article on congressional appropriations, still referred to
HAARP as "research on the aurora borealis in Alaska.
HAARP, under cover of being a project to research the Northern
Lights in Alaska, is actually a top-secret, military,
electro-magnetic (EM) weapons system.
The now operational HAARP, the U.S.
secret project to alter the ionosphere for environmental warfare
purposes, has initiated drastic, environmental consequences. HAARP
has a destructive impact on wildlife, human life, and nature itself
by causing long-term modifications.
HAARP may in fact violate the 1977
Environmental Modification Convention, which bans all,
"military or any other hostile use
of environmental modification techniques having widespread,
long-lasting, or severe effects...."
The US ratified the convention in 1979.
One of the scientists critical of HAARP, Prof. Dick Williams, sums
up the dangers inherent in HAARP,
"...An unprecedented amount of
energy can produce an unprecedented reaction. Experimenting with
[the ionosphere] is a very delicate thing. A localized event can
spread around the Earth fairly quickly."
In 1995, when asked what a private
citizen can do to halt HAARP, some analysts suggested,
"Write [the U.S.] Congress to
demand a review of HAARP's environmental impacts. Request that
the National Telecommunications and Information Administration
reject the HAARP frequency/power request pending the outcome of
a congressional inquiry."
Anti-HAARP activists in the Yukon area
in Alaska, near the site of the HAARP installation, recently
reported that the Alaska public is largely unaware of HAARP, nor
cognizant of its environmental and health dangers.
With major US media continuing to perpetrate the official US cover
story that project HAARP is "research on the aurora borealis in
Alaska," obtaining responsive US Congressional oversight over HAARP
would mean first activating concerted public awareness both in the
US, and other nations. There is no nation that would not be
inevitably affected by an erosion or destruction of the ionosphere.
Electromagnetic (EM) weapons are a missing link that could cause the
coming Earth changes. The impact of fully operational
electromagnetic weapons systems would be to destabilize the Earth’s
tectonic plate system, causing cataclysmic Earth changes.
Military secrecy is the reason why the Earth sciences have not
predicted the Earth changes, as the psychic information has
predicted. Electromagnetic weapons programs are highly secret, and
have not been subjected to full analysis by the Earth sciences. A
limited portion of some weapons programs, such as HAARP, has been
made public. Working against conditions of extreme secrecy, the
Earth sciences have only begun to evaluate the potentially
cataclysmic effects of environmental weapons.
Let us review one key electromagnetic weapons system: HAARP.
HAARP, the U.S. military’s top secret
project in Alaska to turn the ionosphere into a virtual military
weapon by charging it with electromagnetic impulses, has become
operational, amid media and public complacency. HAARP’s potential
environmental consequences could destroy the ionosphere by
HAARP could also trigger a violent
disruption of the Earth’s tectonic plate system, thrown out of
balance by destruction of the magnetic bands and ionosphere about
In a series of award-winning articles, Clare Zickuhr and Gar
Smith of Earth Island described some of the negative
environmental consequences of HAARP, the military's plan to alter
"The Pentagon's mysterious HAARP
project, now under construction at an isolated Air Force
facility near Gakona, Alaska, marks the first step toward
creating the world's most powerful "ionospheric heater."
Scientists, environmentalists and native peoples are concerned
that HAARP's electronic transmitters - capable of
beaming "in excess of 1 gigawatts" (one billion watts) of
radiated power into the Earth's ionosphere - could
harm people, endanger wildlife and trigger unforeseen
"The High Frequency Active Auroral Research Project (HAARP), a
joint effort of the Air Force and the Navy, is the latest in a
series of a little-known Department of Defense (DoD) "active
ionospheric experiments" with code-names like EXCEDE, RED AIR
and CHARGE IV.
"From a DoD point of view," internal HAARP documents state, "the
most exciting and challenging" part of the experiment is "its
potential to control ionospheric processes" for military
objectives [emphasis in the original]. According to these
documents, the scientists pulling HAARP's strings envision using
the system's powerful 2.8-10 megahertz (MHz) beam to burn
"holes" in the ionosphere and "create an artificial lens" in the
sky that could focus large bursts of electromagnetic energy "to
higher altitudes... than is presently possible." The minimum
area to be heated would be 50 km (31 miles) in diameter.
"The initial $26 million, 320 kW HAARP project will employ 360,
72-foot-tall antennas spread over four acres to direct an
intense beam of focused electromagnetic energy upwards to strike
the ionosphere. The Earth's ionosphere is composed of a layer of
negatively and positively charged particles (electrons and ions)
lying between 35 and 500 miles above the planet's surface.
The next stage of the project would
expand HAARP's power to 1.7 gigawatts (1.7 billion watts),
making it the most powerful such transmitter on Earth. While the
project's acronym implies experimentation with the Earth's
aurora, HAARP's public documents make no mention of this aspect.
For a project whose backers hail it as a major scientific feat,
HAARP has remained extremely low profile - almost
unknown to most Alaskans, and the rest of the country.
"A November 1993 "HAARP Fact Sheet"
released to the public by the Office of Naval Research (ONR)
stated that the Department of Defense (DoD)-backed project would
"enhance present civilian capabilities" in communications and
"provide significant scientific advancements.
previous DoD experiments with smaller high frequency (HF)
heaters in Puerto Rico, Norway and Alaska were conducted to
"gain [a] better understanding" of the ionosphere, internal
HAARP documents obtained through the Freedom of Information Act
(FOIA) reveal that the project's goal is to "perturb" the
ionosphere with extremely powerful beams of energy and study
"how it responds to the disturbance and how it ultimately
"The public fact sheet describes HAARP as "purely a scientific
research facility which represents no threat to potential
adversaries and would therefore have no value as a military
target." However, while ionospheric experiments at the
government's Puerto Rico transmitter site are managed by the
civilian National Science Foundation, the Journal has learned
that proposals for experiments on HAARP are to be routed through
the Pentagon's Office of Naval Research."
"A February 1990 Air Force-Navy document acquired by the Journal
lists only military experiments for the HAARP project,
"Generation of ionospheric
lenses to focus large amounts of HF energy at high
altitudes... providing a means for triggering ionospheric
processes that potentially could be exploited for DoD
purposes...; Generation of ionization layers below 90 km [56
miles] to provide radio wave reflectors ("mirrors") which
can be exploited for long range, over-the-horizon, HF/VHF/UHF
surveillance purposes, including the detection of cruise
missiles and other low observables."
The document concluded that "the
potential for significantly altering regions of the ionosphere
at relatively great distances (1000 km or more) [621 miles] from
a heater is very desirable" from a military perspective."
"One of HAARP's less-publicized goals is to find ways to disrupt
the global communications capabilities of adversaries while
preserving US defense communications. The Pentagon also wants to
know if HAARP could bounce signals to deeply submerged nuclear
subs by heating the ionosphere to trigger bursts of Extremely
Long Frequency (ELF) radio waves."
"Patents held by ARCO Power Technologies, Inc. (APTI), the ARCO
subsidiary that was contracted to build HAARP, describe a
similar ionospheric heater invented by Bernard Eastlund that
claimed the ability to disrupt global communications, destroy
enemy missiles and change weather (see sidebar).
One of ARCO's patents identifies
Alaska as a perfect site for a transmitter because "magnetic
field lines... which extend to desirable altitudes for this
invention, intersect the Earth in Alaska."
"While HAARP officials deny any link to Eastlund's inventions,
Eastlund has told National Public Radio that a secret military
project was begun in the late-1980s to study and implement his
In the May/June 1994 issue of Microwave News, Eastlund
"The HAARP project obviously looks a lot like the
"first step" toward his vision of surrounding the entire planet
with a "full, global shield" of charged particles that could
explode incoming enemy missiles."
"The military implications of HAARP were further underscored in
June, when ARCO sold APTI to E-Systems, a defense contractor
noted for its work in counter-surveillance."
Electromagnetic Guinea Pigs
"HAARP surfaced publicly in Alaska
in the spring of 1993, when the Federal Aviation Administration
(FAA) began advising commercial pilots on how to avoid the large
amounts of intentional (and some unintentional) electromagnetic
radiation that HAARP would generate.
Despite the protests of FAA
engineers and Alaska bush pilots (for whom reliable
communications can be a matter of life or death) the Final
Environmental Impact Statement (FEIS) gave HAARP the green
light. Ironically, the FEIS also concluded that the project's
radio interference would be too intense to allow HAARP to be
located near any military facilities.
"On November 11, 1993, Inupiat tribal advisor Charles Etok
Edwarden, Jr., wrote to the White House on behalf of the Inupiat
Community of the Arctic Slope and the Kasigluk Elders
"Many of us are not happy with the prospect of ARCO
altering the Earth's neutral atmospheric properties," Edwardsen
wrote. "We do not wish to be anyone's testing grounds, as the
Bikini Islanders have been...." referring to Pacific Islanders
subjected to radiation exposure from US atomic bomb testing.
Edwardsen has appealed to President Clinton to deny further
funding to HAARP."
"In the past, the EPA has accused the USAF of "sidestepping" the
nonthermal hazards of electromagnetic pollution from powerful
radar transmitters. Over the past three decades, numerous US and
European studies have linked electromagnetic exposure to a range
of health problems including fatigue, irritability, sleepiness,
memory loss, cataracts, leukemia, birth defects and cancer.
Electromagnetic radiation can also
alter blood sugar and cholesterol levels, heart-rate and blood
pressure, brain waves and brain chemistry."
Clare Zickuhr and Gar Smith of
Island describe how HAARP, under cover of being a project to
research the Northern Lights in Alaska, is actually a top-secret
military electro-magnetic (EM) weapons system.
HAARP, the U.S. secret project to alter
the ionosphere for (EM) warfare purposes, has drastic environmental
consequences, which are now operational.
The following segment details HAARP’s destructive impacts on
wildlife, human life, and nature itself by causing long-term
modifications. HAARP may in fact violate the 1977 Environmental
Modification Convention, which bans all "military or any other
hostile use of environmental modification techniques having
widespread, long-lasting, or severe effects...."
The US ratified the convention in 1979.
Anti-HAARP activists in the Yukon area in Alaska, near the site of
the HAARP installation, recently reported that the Alaska public is
largely unaware of HAARP, nor cognizant of its environmental and
"HAARP’s Environmental Consequences
- Wildlife advocates also have cause to be concerned.
The HAARP site lies 140 miles north
of the town of Cordova on Prince William Sound, on the northwest
tip of Alaska's Wrangell-St. Elias National Park. Since ordinary
radar is known to be deadly to low-flying birds, HAARP's
powerful radiation beam could pose a problem for migratory birds
because the transmitter stands in the path of the critical
Pacific Flyway. In addition, HAARP's ability to generate strong
magnetic fields could conceivably interfere with the migration
of birds, marine life and Arctic animals that are now known to
rely on the Earth's magnetic fields to navigate over long
"The HAARP fact sheet states that "most of the energy of the
high-power beam would be emitted upward rather than toward the
horizon." Later on, however, the fact sheet notes that care will
have to be taken "to reduce the percentage of time large signal
levels would be transmitted toward large cities." The closest
large cities are Fairbanks and Anchorage.
"Even if HAARP's beam were to be directed primarily at the
ionosphere, people on the ground would still have reason to be
concerned. According to DoD consultant Robert Windsor, clear
damp nights, downdrafts and temperature inversions can cause
"ducting" and "super-refracting" that can send energy beams
streaming back to Earth with "a significant - up to
tenfold-increase in field intensity."
"In addition to their main beams, all electromagnetic
transmitters produce large swaths of "sidelobe" radiation along
their flanks. US-based PAVE PAWS over-the-horizon radars, for
example, use approximately one megawatt of power to send a
420-430-megahertz (MHz) beam on a 3000-mile-long sweep.
At the same time, the "incidental"
sidelobe radiation from these Pentagon radars can disable TVs,
radios, radar altimeters and satellite communications over a
250-mile range. PAVE PAWS radiation can also disrupt cardiac
pacemakers seven miles away and cause the "inadvertent
detonation" of electrically triggered flares and bombs in
At peak power, the energy driving
HAARP could be more than a thousand times stronger than the most
powerful PAVE PAWS transmitter.
HAARP's High-Level Hazards
"HAARP project manager John
Heckscher, a scientist at the Department of the Air Force's
Phillips Laboratory, has called concerns about the transmitter's
impact "unfounded." "It's not unreasonable to expect that
something three times more powerful than anything that's
previously been built might have unforeseen effects," Heckscher
told Microwave News. "But that's why we do environmental impact
"The July 1993 EIS does, in fact, admit that HAARP is expected
to cause "measurable changes in the ionosphere's electron
density, temperature and structure," but argues that these
disruptions are insignificant "when compared to changes induced
by naturally occurring processes."
"Subjecting the ionosphere to HF bombardment can ionize the
neutral particles in the upper atmosphere. The HAARP Fact Sheet
notes that "ionospheric disturbances at high altitudes also can
act to induce large currents in electric power grids" on the
ground, causing massive power blackouts.
According to the 1990 Air Force-Navy
document, power levels of one gigawatt and above "can
drastically alter [the ionosphere's] thermal, refractive,
scattering and emission character." While the ionosphere over
the government's smaller HF transmitter in Puerto Rico is
relatively "stable," the document notes that the ionosphere
above Alaska is "a dynamic entity" where added bursts of
electromagnetic energy could trigger exaggerated effects.
"Writing in Physics and Society (the quarterly newsletter of the
American Physical Society), Dr. Richard Williams, a consultant
to Princeton University's David Sarnoff Laboratory, denounced
ionospheric heating tests as irresponsible and potentially
"Trace [chemical] constituents in the upper atmosphere can have
a profound effect" on the formation of ozone molecules, Williams
stated. It is known that altering the temperature of the
ionosphere can affect the chemical reactions that produce ozone.
Referring to the Montreal Protocol (the international agreement
to protect the ozone layer from ozone-depleting chemicals),
Williams warned that activating HAARP's ionospheric heater
"might undo all that we have accomplished with this treaty."
"Look at the power levels that will be used - 10**9
to 10**11 watts!" Williams told the Journal in a recent
interview. "This is equivalent to the output of ten to 100 large
power-generating stations. A ten-billion-watt generator, running
continuously for one hour, would deliver a quantity of energy
equal to that of a Hiroshima-sized atomic bomb."
"Of course," Williams added, "they will operate in a pulsed mode
[producing a series of short, powerful bursts], rather than
continuously." The HAARP fact sheet states that the HF beam,
which operates in the 2.8-10 MHz band, will only be used 4-5
times a year for several weeks at a time over a 20-year period.
Nonetheless, Williams argued, to proceed
without a full public discussion of HAARP's potential impacts runs
the risk of committing,
"an irresponsible act of global
vandalism. With experiments on this scale," Williams concluded,
"irreparable damage could be done in a short time. The immediate
need is for open discussion."
"Dr. Daniel N. Baker, director of the University of Colorado's
Laboratory for Atmospheric and Space Physics, offered a
"The natural input of energy to the
magnetosphere from the sun is very commonly 10**11 - 10**12
watts," Baker told the Journal. "Thus, HAARP may be a small
fraction of the energy that flows into the region." Baker added
that the ionosphere is, by nature, a "highly dynamic and
fluctuating" environment that is able to "flush" away energy
disturbances in a matter of hours or days.
"Of course, in nature, one cannot simply "flush" something away
without anticipating potential "downstream" consequences.
Caroline L. Herzenberg, an environmental systems engineer at the
Argonne National Laboratory, has suggested that, by "changing
the chemical composition of the atmosphere; [and] transporting
plumes of particulates or plasma within the atmosphere," HAARP
may violate the 1977 Environmental Modification Convention,
which bans all "military or any other hostile use of
environmental modification techniques having widespread,
long-lasting, or severe effects...." The US ratified the
convention in 1979.
"X-Raying" the Earth?
"On June 14, 1995, a Senate committee report noted that the
Deputy Secretary of Defense had called for increasing HAARP
funding from $5 million to $75 million in the 1996 defense
budget. The sudden increase would be used to promote a
disturbing new mission for HAARP.
"Instead of just pouring its vast energy into the skies, the
transmitter's power would be aimed back at the planet to "allow
Earth-penetrating tomography over most of the northern
hemisphere" - in effect, turning HAARP into the
world's most powerful "X-ray machine" capable of scanning
regions hidden deep beneath the planet's surface."
According to the Senate report, this
"permit the detection and precise location of tunnels...
and other underground shelters. The absence of such a capability
has been... a serious weakness for [DoD] plans for precision
attacks on hardened targets...."
"Visibility is a crude criterion for assessing environmental
damage.... An unprecedented amount of energy can produce an
unprecedented reaction. Experimenting with [the ionosphere] is a
very delicate thing. A localized event can spread around the
Earth fairly quickly."
- Prof. Dick Williams
"Meanwhile, construction on the larger HAARP facility -
with a potential effective radiated power of 1.7 GW (1.7 billion
watts) - [was begun] in 1995. This expanded version would
require additional funding from Congress.
According to the 1990 project
"The desired world-class
facility... will cost on the order of $25-30 million." The
Senate Committee's April report, however, predict[ed] that
the cost "could be as much as $90 million."
Presumably a federal Environmental
Impact Statement of HAARP’s potential impact would allow the Earth
sciences to evaluate the potential impacts of this electromagnetic
Such has not been the case, however. Important
issues regarding the effect of HAARP operations on the ionosphere
and on the ozone layer were dismissed in less than a one page
treatment in the HAARP environmental impact statement drafted by the
The Earth Island article continues.
"The Federal Environmental Impact
Statement (FEIS) reports that "the government commissioned a
special study" to determine the "bioeffects" of HAARP’s radio
frequency radiation (RFR). The report concluded that "chronic
exposure to RFR….did not result in demonstrable, detrimental
health effects" to humans. The FEIS admitted that RFR exposure
could cause the human body to heat up, but that this unwanted
heat "can be easily accommodated within the thermoregulatory
capabilities of an individual [and] may not necessarily be
"The FEIS corroborated the Journal’s concern that "potentially
affected systems…[would] include cardiac pacemakers,
electro-explosive devices [EEDs], and fuel handling systems."
EEDs, including flares carried by individuals or in vehicles,
could be exploded 1300 feet from HAARP’s Ionospheric Research
Instrument (IRI) transmitter - a quarter mile away.
"Radio frequency radiation could be a problem since, as FEIS
notes, Gakona lies "within a major commercial air traffic
corridor that links Anchorage with the eastern and midwestern
US. It is also within the path of flights to and from the Orient
and Canada. Twelve to 20 commercial flights a day utilize the
airspace above the Gakona site."
"The IRI’s 8.0 MHz and 10.0 MHz beams "could potentially pose a
hazard to occupants of aircraft flying nearby…in the unlikely
event they remain in the main beam for an extended period of
time." At aircraft cruising altitude of 30,000 feet (5.7 miles)
the inverted cone formed by the sweep of the IRI beam is 6.8
"Countering assumptions that most of HAARP’s energy would be
"lost" in space, the FEIS reveals that "80-90 percent of the
experiments would employ the IRI in modes that refract
fundamental radio frequency energy Earthward from the
"The 440-page FEIS states flatly that "The ozone layer would not
be affected and ozone would not be depleted" as a result of
HAARP operations, but devotes less than a page to this critical
topic. The only study cited is a single 13 page "draft
assessment" by the Mission Research Corporation (MRC).
"The FEIS spends less than three pages on HAARP’s ionospheric
effects and bases its conclusions solely on "personal
communications" between officials at MRC and the consulting firm
of Metcalf and Eddy. The FEIS reports that IRI transmissions
will cause the temperature of free electrons in the Earth’s
ionosphere to rise by 80 degrees F. Below 120 miles, the IRI
would trigger a 20 percent increase in "electron density;" above
124 miles, electron densities would decrease 10-15 percent. The
effect could last "an entire polar night."
"A second study, "Independent Assessment of HAARP’s effects on
the Upper Atmosphere" by R. Roble, also concluded, "there are no
measurable effects to the Earth’s ozone layer." The FEIS
identified this study as having been provided by MRC. The study
was described as consisting of "one-page."
"The authors of the Journal’s HAARP story remain convinced that
the potential impacts of Project HAARP deserve a thorough
scientific and public hearing."
The forces behind HAARP have thus used
secrecy to prevent a public examination of its potential
Key issues such as HAARP’s impact on the
ozone layer and on the ionosphere were disposed of in less than one
page of analysis, based on verbal communications with a biased
consultant. Not even the requirements of National Environmental
Policy Act have been able to penetrate the armor of secrecy,
deception, and evasion regarding HAARP’s environmental impact on the
ionosphere, the magnetic bands surrounding the Earth, and ultimately
on the tectonic plate system that makes up the Earth’s surface.
The forces behind electromagnetic warfare have used deception, not
oversight or omission as a weapon to trick or lull public
examination of HAARP’s potentially catastrophic environmental
Presumably a federal Environmental
Impact Statement of HAARP’s potential impact would allow the Earth
sciences to evaluate the impacts of this electromagnetic weapons
system. Again, important issues regarding the effect of HAARP
operations on the ionosphere and on the ozone layer were dismissed
in less than a one-page treatment in the HAARP environmental impact
statement drafted by the military. This is not sloppy or incomplete
The deliberate trivialization of HAARP’s
true environmental consequences is large-scale deception,
facilitating possible genocide of the human race.
Let us review some milestones in the development of electromagnetic
Jeanne Manning & Dr. Nick
Begich have gathered these in their pioneering book,
Angels Don’t Play this HAARP - Advances in
Nikola Tesla, inventor of Alternating Current (AC)
power source and transmission system, was granted a patent for a
device to transmit electrical energy through the natural mediums.
Thirty-five years later, Tesla announced
the development of a "death ray," based on transmission of lethal
electromagnetic energy. In 1968, the Soviet Union announced it had
isolated those magnetic field frequencies that harm humans, as well
as those frequencies that are beneficial to their health.
In 1974, the United Nations banned environmental warfare. The same
year, the United States and Australia began high frequency wave
experiments in Colorado, Puerto Rico, and New South Wales to heat
the bottom side of the ionosphere. The mid and late 1970s saw a
series of important developments on the effects of electromagnetic
In 1975, Robert Helliwell of Stanford
University reported that very low frequency (VLF) waves from power
lines are altering the ionosphere; Research findings were released
indicating that extremely low frequency (ELF) waves altered human
blood chemistry and nerve cells.
Project Woodpecker of the Soviet
Union that same year started sending extremely low frequency (ELF)
wave pulses into targeted US cities, such as Eugene, Oregon. The ELF
pulses were at key brainwave rhythms, affecting unwitting civilian
populations in those cities.
During the Soviet regime, interest in electromagnetic weapons hit a
The Soviet view was that electromagnetic fields are profound
influences on health and behavior. Their scientists were also
concerned, however, that the acceleration of electromagnetic
radiation on the Earth could contribute to a cataclysmic reversal of
shift of the Earth’s poles.
Weather modification has been a consistent capability for
electromagnetic weapons. In 1958, the US Defense Department began a
program of methods to manipulate electromagnetic characteristics of
the atmosphere, and thus modify the weather. By 1975, the US Senate
unsuccessfully sought to place weather and climate modification
under a civilian agency, with the oversight of the Senate.
Secret development of electromagnetic weapons continued in the
1980s, including U.S. Navy experiments on the harmful effects of VLF
pulsed fields. The CIA and Defense Department screened developments
in particle beam weaponry from then US President Jimmy Carter. By
the early 1990s the patents necessary for a large-scale
electromagnetic weapon were acquired by a US military contractor,
and the HAARP project was begun. The patents themselves cited the
work of Nikola Tesla as prior art.
Although the US Congress froze the
funding for HAARP, the project continued. HAARP became operational
The New Strategic Weapons
Bear in mind that military
policy makers see electromagnetic (EM) weapons as the new generation
of strategic weapons, taking the place of thermo-nuclear weapons as
a strategic weapon of choice. Nuclear weapons are considered
relatively rigid in response - they can only produce utter
devastation of a targeted area.
By contrast the top-secret, new
generation of electromagnetic weapons can achieve a variety of
modulated, strategic objectives:
Degree of destructiveness
Unlike nuclear weapons, the
degree of destructiveness desired can be modulated by
controlling the intensity, scope, and duration of the
Destruction of global communications
Environmental weapons can be
used to selectively destroy all or portions of the global
system of communications - military communications; civilian
Manipulation of weather and climate
Environmental weapons can alter
weather and climate over enemy or targeted areas, denying
populations a food base, and causing havoc in a targeted
Destruction of ecosystems
Environmental weapons can
destroy the very ecology of a targeted area, or of the Earth
itself, including depletion of the ozone layer and of the
ionosphere; destruction through climate warfare of the
ecosystems of habitable lands; forests; water systems.
Environmental weapons can cause
ionospheric and magnetic changes in the Earth’s atmosphere,
which in turn can trigger destructive earthquakes, or if the
tectonic plate system is affected, massive Earth changes.
Early research has already suggested a causal relationship
between earthquakes and changes in the ionosphere.
For example, ionospheric
disturbances detected and ascribed to earthquakes such as
the Alaska Earthquake of 1964. New research suggests that
electromagnetic weapons could bring about a destructive
shift in the Earth’s poles; both by altering the
electromagnetic content of the atmosphere, and through
Population and mind control
Environmental weapons can be
used to alter the moods, mental states, and perceptions of
entire populations, be they of a targeted city, region,
nation, continent, or indeed global. Environmental weapons
can stun an entire enemy, targeted, or domestic population
into submissive acceptance of government actions.
stimulation of the brain at specified frequencies can cause
the brain to lock into phase with an external source. Your
thoughts, impulses, emotions, fears can be controlled. This
can be done on a mass scale, by pulsing a region or region
with electromagnetic weapons. An entire population can be
manipulated, be it an enemy population, or a friendly or
In the United States,
electromagnetic population control weapons have already
secretly been tested on the populations of West Coast
cities, in California and in the Pacific Northwest.
It is easy to see now why the Earth
sciences have missed the possibility of coming Earth changes.
very cause of those Earth changes lies in the top secret military
arena, the area of military planning and visions of a world conflict
carried on by various sides using electromagnetic weapons. It is
clear why the military has been deceitfully avoiding a full public
environmental impact analysis of environmental weapons.
Were electromagnetic weapons to be fully and publicly evaluated as
to their catastrophic ecological impact, they could never become
operational. It is likely that environmental weapons would be
outlawed by international treaty.
Let us match the capabilities of electromagnetic weapons with the
Cayce predictions of cataclysmic Earth changes.
In the first two
decades of the twenty-first century, development and deployment of
electromagnetic weapons by multiple sides will, if not halted, take
the United States
In any bloc warfare scenario among these
parties, a collective use of EM strategic weapons would plausibly
Destruction of the ionosphere,
ozone layer, and magnetic bands about the Earth.
Climate and weather changes,
resulting in drought and mass famine.
Earthquakes brought about by
drastic changes in the ionosphere.
Earth changes, if extreme EM is
used, resulting from a violent disruption of the tectonic
plate system of the Earth. These Earth changes could include
great earthquakes the length of the seismic belts, rising
and subsidence of land and coastal nations.
Pole or axis shift brought about
by the effects of the electromagnetism of the environmental
weapons on the magnetic and atmospheric fields of the Earth.
Look! These cataclysmic outcomes are a
science-based statement of the probable environmental impact of
global environmental warfare.
These EM outcomes are also a re-statement of the specific psychic
predictions of Edgar Cayce of coming cataclysm. They are one and the
same: the environmental impacts of environmental weapons, and the
psychic predictions of Edgar Cayce.
What Cayce foresaw was an Earth cataclysm brought about by human
environmental warfare; not a series of Earth changes brought about
by nature alone.
Well there we have our introduction to the technical dimensions of
electromagnetic warfare. We also have seen the mechanistic
cause-and-effect by which environmental warfare can create the
cataclysmic Earth changes of the type psychics like Edgar Cayce
foresaw while in precognitive trance.
Why are electromagnetic weapons
(EM) being developed at all?
Whatever could be driving this
new generation of strategic weapons?
Why would any sane entity want
to intentionally alter the weather and climate, create
destructive Earthquakes, and possibly bring on cataclysmic
I cannot mince words, and must tell you
that electromagnetic (EM) weapons appear to be diabolical in
conception, and the product of an insane mentality, driven by greed
and intoxication with absolute power.
Now what entity or individuals would produce such a weapons system?
Well, if weapons systems are a psychological projection, a
reflection of their creators, we can hypothesize that the creator of
environmental warfare might possess the following characteristics:
diabolical; insane; driven by addition to power and greed.
Who or what could possess such characteristics?
One answer - a clandestine command and control network and mentality
which cuts across institutional boundaries in military,
governmental, political, financial, and cultural organizations. This
network is sometimes called the secret state or the shadow
The secret state is the embodiment of evil and oppression in the
human species. Optimists call the secret government
call it psychopathic. Environmental weapons are the ultimate weapons
of a mind that wishes to play Devil to God’s natural creation.
One key goal of environmental weapons is to appropriate Gaia, the
planet Earth, and convert her life-giving systems into weapons of
destruction. The ionosphere is superheated and turned into a global
missile tracking system. What is more, the very atmosphere of the
Earth, its weather and climate systems are turned into instruments
of destruction of a target population.
Weather warfare creates storms,
hurricanes, cyclones, and tornadoes to smash a human society.
Climate warfare creates droughts, floods, and starvation to bring a
human population to its knees before an insane conqueror. Tectonic
warfare plagues an enemy with destructive Earthquakes and tidal
waves: all courtesy of electromagnetic warfare.
Electromagnetic warfare is also the tool by which our war-based
culture and economy plays God with the minds of humanity.
Environmental weapons can be deployed against an entire population,
inducing devastating mood swings from fear to terror to
disorientation to apathy. They are the ultimate instruments of
A paranoid schizophrenic mind consumes itself. Environmental weapons
can be deployed clandestinely against its own society, to take over
that society and impose a totalitarian social order.
Translation - a secret network can wage psychological and
Earth-event warfare against its own people. Natural disasters can be
deployed against a nation, displacing the population and its
economy. Emergency measures like martial law can be imposed to
undermine democratic traditions and institutions.
mind-control warfare can be waged against the population, to confuse
it, and disperse the rise of organized resistance, to wear a
population down psychologically and morally.
Over-imaginative? Perhaps not so imaginative when we consider that a
primary target of electromagnetic strategic warfare may be the
population of the very host-nation which has greatly enhanced, if
not given functional birth to electromagnetic warfare.
That host-nation, of course, is the United States of America. If you
were a secret global network with Environmental weapons
pre-eminence, would you not want a host-nation as a base for global
assault on the Earth and on minds of diverse human nations?
But if the traditions of that host-nation were nominally democratic,
how would you overcome the resistance of the host-nation to serve
your strategic aims?
One answer - Strategic deception of the population, integrating
psychological warfare with anti-population electromagnetic
You will soon have a confused and submissive body politic.
In the United States, the foundations for the domestic application
of electromagnetic mind control weapons - euphemistically termed
"non-lethal weapons" - were laid with a 1994 interagency agreement on
their use by domestic law enforcement agencies.
"From National Defense to the Justice
"On July 21, 1994, Dr.
Christopher Lamb, Director of Policy Planning, issued a draft
Department of Defense directive which would establish a policy
for non-lethal weapons. The policy was intended to take effect
January 1, 1995, and formally connected the military's
non-lethal research to civilian law enforcement agencies.
"The government's plan to use pulsed electromagnetic and radio
frequency systems as a non-lethal technology for domestic
Justice Department use rings the alarm for some observers.
Nevertheless, the plan for integrating these systems is moving
forward. Coupling these uses with expanded military missions is
even more disturbing. This combined mission raises additional
constitutional questions for Americans regarding the power of
the federal government.
"In interviews with members of the Defense Department the
development of this policy was confirmed. In those February
1995, discussions, it was discovered that these policies were
internal to agencies and were not subject to any public review
"In its draft form, the policy gives highest priority to
development of those technologies most likely to get dual use,
i.e. law enforcement and military applications. According to
this document, non-lethal weapons are to be used on the
government's domestic "adversaries". The definition of
"adversary" has been significantly enlarged in the policy:
"’The term 'adversary' is used above in its broadest sense,
including those who are not declared enemies but who are engaged
in activities we wish to stop. This policy does not preclude
legally authorized domestic use of the non-lethal weapons by
United States military forces in support of law enforcement.’
"This allows use of the military in actions against the citizens
of the country that they are supposed to protect. This policy
statement begs the question; who are the enemies that are
engaged in activities they wish to stop, what are those
activities, and who will make the decisions to stop these
"An important aspect of
non-lethal weapon systems is that the
name non-lethal is intentionally misleading.
The Policy adds,
‘It is important that the public understand that just as lethal
weapons do not achieve perfect lethality, neither will
'non-lethal' weapons always be capable of precluding fatalities
and undesired collateral damage’.
In other words, you might
still destroy property and kill people with the use of these new
"In press statements, the government continues to downplay the
risks associated with such systems, even though the lethal
potential is described in context of their own usage policy. In
Orwellian double speak, what is non-lethal can be lethal."
Chapter Four -
Earth Changes and Environmental Warfare
The Earth is a complex, interactive ecology, from its core, to its
tectonic plates, to its atmosphere.
The Earth’s ecology is nestled within a
larger solar and galactic ecological system. Earth events are at the
effect of celestial alignments within our solar system and our
galaxy. The Earth is at effect of solar electromagnetic activity,
galactic electromagnetic activity, as well as the movement of
celestial bodies, such as comets, asteroids, and meteors, which can
be on collision trajectory, and decimate Earth.
K-T event 65 million years ago may
have been such a collision event, bringing about the extinction of
Prophesized Earth changes may have caused by other forces than
environmental weapons. Prophesized Earth changes, should they occur,
could be caused by solar and galactic alignments, creating
electromagnetic disruptions and tidal forces, tilting Earth’s
tectonic plates as to trigger earth events.
Prophesized cataclysms could be caused
by Earth’s collision with a giant astronomical body, such as a
comet, meteor, or asteroid. The lateral effects of our fossil fuel
civilization - global warming, global cooling, a depleted ozone
layer - could trigger prophesized Earth changes.
And prophesized Earth changes could be caused by a combination of
astronomical forces, and electromagnetic (EM) weapons. For example,
electromagnetic (EM) weapons could trigger Earth changes, which have
been made more probable by solar and galactic alignments and
The end of a giant solar activity cycle - 1,344,040 days in length -
may coincide with the end of the Mayan 26,000 year galactic cycle in
2012 AD. This Mayan end-cycle may coincide with our solar system’s
entering into a mammoth electromagnetic beam-wave, emanating from
the galactic core or Sun, the Center of the Milky Way galaxy. Vast
distortions of the Sun’s magnetic field may occur, triggering Earth
changes of cataclysmic scale.
These Earth changes may be initiated or
triggered by human environmental warfare, acting upon an Earth’s
system already distorted and deteriorated by the Sun’s magnetic
Let us meander through the various operative parts of our startling
The hypothesis holds that cataclysmic Earth changes
predicted by a substantial body of psychics and prophets may occur.
Prophesized cataclysm may be triggered by the interactive effects on
the Earth’s magnetic fields and tectonic systems of vast solar
activity, and human Environmental warfare, converging in a time
window around 2012 AD.
The "psychics" part of the hypothesis can be addressed through the
modern disciplines of parapsychology and the Earth sciences, to
determine if the psychic predictions have accurate psychically
derived information, and whether predicted cataclysmic events may
occur. This is a modern exercise in "hermeneutics" theory, as the
science of prophecy analysis was formerly called.
Likewise, the " environmental warfare" part of the hypothesis can be
addressed through the disciplines of public interest
counter-intelligence, to determine if electromagnetic weapons can
trigger Earth change, and whether tectonic warfare may become
reality. Public interest counter-intelligence is a
cross-disciplinary field developed under pressures to analyze the
impacts of hyper secret military-industrial projects like HAARP and
other electromagnetic weapons.
I do not advance the hypothesis that environmental warfare may
trigger prophesized Earth changes in vacuum; quite the contrary. The
environmental-warfare part of our theory - that electromagnetic (EM)
weapons can cause Earthquakes - fits squarely into the conceptual
framework of modern conspiracy analysis.
There is already a substantial body of public interest research on
electromagnetic (EM) weapons.
There is already preliminary research on
the possible use of environmental weapons to
Our Environmental warfare-Earth changes theory adds a further, vital
logic to existing research. The Earth changes that environmental
weapons might trigger are those cataclysms which the high psychics
and prophets foresaw.
Consider what the Conspiracy Theory
Literature: Frequently Asked Questions has to say about HAARP:
"A theme of [conspiracy theory literature] is that governments
are developing horrible secret weaponry without knowledge of
their citizens, such as biological warfare, earthquake weaponry,
electromagnetic weaponry, HAARP (High Altitude Auroral Research
Project), mind altering and control techniques…, etc.
A particularly famous experiment is
known as the
Philadelphia Experiment that
was supposedly developing time travel as a means of radar
evasion during WWII in the "Philadelphia Experiment" related to
research at Montauk Point in New York."
Environmental weapons, and their
possible application in causing earthquakes, are already established
parts of modern conspiracy analysis. If you can contemplate that
public interest counter-intelligence analysis on environmental
weapons might have a basis in reality, you can also hold the
possibility that the environmental weapons part of our hypothesis
might be true.
There just might be some reality to our
concept that environmental weapons are being developed with the
capability to trigger earthquakes, and by extension, may trigger
But first, let us pause and take a few questions from the Internet.
They might answer concerns that have
come up in your mind.
"Date: 99-02-10 20:29:18 EST
"In a message dated 99-02-10 15:19:24 EST, you write:
"> Thanks for your questions. First, our resident
> list HAARP info specialists are the Ecotoday
> duo, and I will leave that definition for them
> to briefly craft for you and how it affects Earth
Again, HAARP stands for High Frequency
Active Auroral Research Project.
I first became aware about HAARP and
Environmental weapons systems in the summer of 1998, when my wife
and I were in the Yukon leading an intuition workshop for the Liard,
a First Nations tribe. HAARP's facility is located near Anchorage,
Alaska. The Liard Plain in Yukon is home to the Aurora Borealis, the
One of HAARP’s cover stories in the
appropriations process was that it is a research project on the
Aurora Borealis. One indication of the lack of legislative oversight
over HAARP was the Washington Post’s reporting, which still reported
HAARP as a Northern Lights research project even as late as the
summer of 1998.
We'll try and summarize a complex area with these highlights. HAARP
is one of many electromagnetic (EMP) pulse weapons systems that are
deployed or planned. It is the most publicly known, and in the
common parlance, "HAARP" has become synonymous with electromagnetic
(EM) warfare. HAARP is a specialized, multi-purpose environmental
weapons system, with specific targets and capabilities.
HAARP sends highly charged
electromagnetic energy into the ionosphere, super-heating it and
turning it into a global military antenna monitoring submarine,
ship, and other military movements and missiles worldwide.
Environmentalists have asserted - on good grounds - that the Earth’s
ionosphere could be damaged or destroyed by HAARP.
Serving as a global antenna is but one application of HAARP and
other electromagnetic weapons. There are other electromagnetic
weapons applications, in operation or in development. Let’s list
them first, and then explore each. First is weather warfare, using
environmental weapons to create destructive storms, tornadoes,
hurricanes against a target country or region. A second
environmental weapons application is climate warfare, creating
drought and consequent crop failure, food shortage, and economic
destabilization in a target country of region.
Of immediate interest to our hypothesis that environmental weapons
may trigger prophesized Earth changes is tectonic warfare. Tectonic
warfare involves the creation of Earthquakes or volcanic eruptions
in target countries through electromagnetic weapons. There are
various possible mechanisms through which tectonic warfare operates.
Nuclear weapons also create electromagnetic energy of destructive
size. Interestingly, electromagnetic waves are themselves precursors
of earthquakes, and are the basis of new methods of earthquake
Finally, perhaps the best know and most documented use of
electromagnetic weapons is in anti-population mind-control.
Electromagnetic mind control techniques include blasting a target
individual or population with electromagnetic weapons to create
delusional thinking or mood swings such as fear and panic.
mind control can also be
coordinated with harassment of the targeted individual by state
security or undercover forces. The mind control properties of
environmental weapons, and the existence of electromagnetic mind
control programs such as
MKULTRA are well established
Now, how do electromagnetic weapons such as HAARP relate to
prophesized Earth changes?
Joseph W. Duggan states the case
that HAARP can cause Earth changes very succinctly.
"Researchers familiar with Nikola
Tesla’s work are very concerned about a resonance effect
reported by experimenters. Energy pulses directed at the
ionosphere could trigger resonance frequencies within the
Earth’s crust, causing Earthquakes and massive shock waves. A
series of these building upon one another could cause cataclysms
Well, an analysis of current seismic
trends does not indicate a high probability that cataclysmic Earth
changes will take place in our era.
However, spasm electromagnetic warfare -
or global nuclear warfare - could trigger cataclysmic Earth changes.
If the ionosphere or magnetic bands around the Earth are
sufficiently disturbed by electromagnetic energy from environmental
weapons or nuclear warfare, this may in turn cause shifts in the
Earth’s tectonic plates of the Earth.
Environmental weapons could also trigger
resonance frequencies within tectonic and inner Earth crust,
creating earthquakes and Earth changes if sufficiently large.
Electromagnetic phenomena resulting from nuclear warfare could
itself set off electromagnetic energy sufficiently large to trigger
earthquakes or Earth changes.
The high psychics and prophets could have been foreseeing Earth
changes caused by human electromagnetic warfare, not by Earth
systems acting in response to natural forces.
Skeptics about electromagnetic warfare provide a valuable service.
Let’s take this question from the Internet, asked by the EM skeptic
inside all of us.
"Subj: Re: HAARP capabilities
"Date: 99-02-13 03:36:51 EST
"In a message dated 99-02-12 19:57:12 EST, you write:
> To begin, I haven't researched HAARP extensively but it has
> understanding that the applications listed in the second
> are ALLEGED applications of HAARP, not confirmed."
Electromagnetic (EM) weapons, including
HAARP are super-secret.
So no definitive conclusions can be
reached, for sure. However, each of the five strategic forms of
electromagnetic (EM) warfare - radar, weather, climate, tectonic,
mind-control - are in the literature on design and application of
We'll do our best to urge the reader to a glass half-full reality
about electromagnetic weapons and Earth changes. Maybe we can't.
There is an epistemological issue here - has a full-fledged
environmental weapons capability been deployed; or are there only
"alleged" incidents. We find "alleged" (which is a legal and not a
scientific term) to be hackneyed and used mainly by journalists as a
After all, it was the prophet Michel de Notredame (Nostradamus
for short) who first "alleged" that great earthquakes would be
caused by terrible new machines, with properties that are chillingly
close to electromagnetic weapons.
HAARP is just one of many environmental weapons systems That's
important because the demonstrated or plausible effects we know of
are attributable to environmental weapons other than HAARP.
The mind control capabilities of electromagnetic weapons are in fact
the most fully documented, to the 1970s, with the Soviet
"Woodpecker" series of electromagnetic attacks upon US west coast
cities, notably Eugene, Oregon, and the micro-wave based
MKULTRA mind control program in the
Ironically, up until the application of
Electromagnetic (EM) weapons against Gaia, environmental weapons had
been mostly used as a mind-control weapon, both against foreign
targets (the Soviet Woodpecker signals) and domestic populations (MKULTRA).
The purpose of these mind-control weapons is to destabilize the
population's mood and will. In the case of domestic mind-control,
like MKULTRA, the electromagnetic bombardment of the target was
reinforced by on-the-ground harassment carried out by disinformation
Those of us who have been affected by environmental weapons in the
US can attest to these tactics. When targeted on a group,
environmental weapons tend to break up group thinking, and induce
interpersonal paranoia and fear. There is more documented
information, beginning to surface, on the mind control aspects of
electromagnetic weapons. Perhaps the most moving are the documented
stories of the victims of electromagnetic mind control.
I have written about my own recovery from electromagnetic-induced
mind control in Recovery: A Personal Journey.
Electromagnetic mind control is truly a
stealth weapon. The electromagnetic attack is so designed that only
the target knows that she or he is under electromagnetic
bombardment. The underlying goal of electromagnetic mind control
weapons is to isolate the targeted individual from family, friends,
professional and financial support, and to destroy the target as a
functioning social and economic entity. Electromagnetic weapons are
military-intelligence anti-population weapon.
As you might surmise, electromagnetic weapons are currently a stated
priority component of strategic weapons defense of the United States
military. Environmental weapons are not a figment of conspiracy
theorists. They are built into the design of many current U.S.
military weapons and military equipment.
A good example of the military’s
attention to electromagnetic forces are the design specifications
E-4B, the U.S. Air Force flying emergency headquarters.
This description is from the
manufacturer of the E-4B:
"The E-4B serves as the National
Airborne Operations Center for the National Command Authorities.
In case of national emergency or destruction of ground command
control centers, the aircraft provides a modern, highly
survivable, command, control and communications center to direct
U.S. forces, execute emergency war orders and coordinate actions
by civil authorities….
"The E-4B has electromagnetic pulse protection, an electrical
system designed to support advanced electronics and a wide
variety of new communications equipment. Other improvements
include nuclear and thermal effects shielding, acoustic control,
an improved technical control facility and an upgraded
air-conditioning system for cooling electrical components. An
advanced satellite communications system improves worldwide
communications among strategic and tactical satellite systems
and the airborne operations center."
Please notice that "electromagnetic
pulse protection" is the first listed attribute of the E-4B. This
may be protection from electromagnetic pulses resulting from nuclear
warfare, or from electromagnetic (EM) weapons themselves.
Or take the U.S. Army’s concern with electromagnetic pulse shielding
for its buildings and structures:
"Dependence on electronic systems
for military and other national security command,
communications, control, computing, data processing, and
intelligence continues to increase. The state-of-the-art
electronics components used in most systems are susceptible to
upset or damage from Electromagnetic Interference (EMI),
including the Electromagnetic Pulse (EMP) from nuclear weapons.
Further, to ensure communications
security (TEMPEST), it is often necessary to prevent
compromising emanations. Many defense-related facilities require
EMI, EMP, or TEMPEST protection. Historically, a metallic liner
or shield has provided protection by completely enclosing the
electronics systems. The conservative designs typically provide
more shielding than required and are very expensive to design,
construct, test, and maintain."
Again, the U.S. Army’s concern may be
protection from electromagnetic pulse forces resulting from nuclear
warfare, or from electromagnetic (EM) weapons themselves.
Actually, the destructive effects of electromagnetic pulses produced
by nuclear warfare can be horrific, but they are a full quantum less
devastating than Earth-changing environmental weapons like HAARP.
If the U.S. Army and the U.S. Air Force
are concerned about electromagnetic pulses produced by nuclear
explosion, they are undoubtedly concerned about electromagnetic
pulses produced by environmental weapons themselves.
"High altitude explosions produce
EMPs that are dramatically more destructive. About 3x10^-5 of
the bomb's total energy goes into EMP in this case, 10^11 joules
for a 1 Mt bomb. EMP is formed in high altitude explosions when
the downwardly directed gamma rays encounter denser layers of
air below. A pancake shaped ionization region is formed below
the bomb. The zone can extend all the way to the horizon, to
2500 km for an explosion at an altitude of 500 km.
The ionization zone is up to 80 km
thick at the center. The Earth's magnetic field causes the
electrons in this layer to spiral as they travel, creating a
powerful downward directed electromagnetic pulse lasting a few
microseconds. A strong vertical electrical field (20-50 KV/m) is
also generated between the Earth's surface and the ionized
layer, this field lasts for several minutes until the electrons
are recaptured by the air.
Although the peak EMP field strengths
from high altitude bursts are only 1-10% as intense as the peak
ground burst fields, they are nearly constant over the entire
Earth's surface under the ionized region.
"The effects of these field on electronics is difficult to
predict, but can be profound. Enormous induced electric currents
are generated in wires, antennas, and metal objects (like
missiles, airplanes, and building frames). Commercial electrical
grids are immense EMP antennas and would be subjected to voltage
surges far exceeding those created by lightning, and over vastly
greater areas. Modern VLSI chips are extremely sensitive to
voltage surges, and would be burned out by even small leakage
Military equipment is generally
designed to be resistant to EMP, but realistic tests are very
difficult to perform and EMP protection rests on attention to
Minor changes in design, incorrect maintenance
procedures, poorly fitting parts, loose debris, moisture, and
ordinary dirt can all cause elaborate EMP protections to be
totally circumvented. It can be expected that a single high
yield, high altitude explosion over an industrialized area would
cause massive disruption for an indeterminable period, and would
cause huge economic damages (all those damaged chips add up).
A separate effect is the ability of the ionized fireball to
block radio and radar signals. Like EMP, this effect becomes
important with high altitude bursts. Fireball blackout can cause
radar to be blocked for tens of seconds to minutes over an area
tens of kilometers across.
High frequency radio can be disrupted
over hundreds to thousands of kilometers for minutes to hours
depending on exact conditions."
Historically, tectonic warfare was based
on a nuclear-explosion model. Researchers discovered that nuclear
weapons tend to trigger off earthquakes, by releasing pent-up stain
in tectonic plates.
The early 1970s model of tectonic
warfare consisted of earthquakes triggered against enemies by means
of hidden nuclear weapons.
"Decades earlier, seismographs had
been installed at the site after
workers noticed a number of times when earthquakes followed
underground nuclear tests. From the data gathered by the
instruments, geologists determined that the quakes were
because the explosions released natural tectonic stress.
"The U.S., however, wasn't the only country to make this
determination. In the 1970s, the Soviet Union not only
this, but took it to heart - by beginning a "tectonics weapon"
project. Its goal wasn't just to induce tectonic activity, but
to direct it in a specific direction at a specific land target.
In 1987, the
Communist government ordered a major effort to develop such a
weapon, which continued through the country's collapse and by
Russia until 1992. Only the economic crisis reportedly put the
program, first code-named "Mercury" and later "Vulcan", on hold
indefinitely. A few years later, its existence was exposed by
News', in an article titled ''Earthquakes Made to Order''.
In fact, the explosions from nuclear
testing actually doubled the number of earthquakes above 5.8 Richter
(moderate) and above in the last half of the twentieth century.
Moreover, there appears to be long range
damage to the Earth’s magnetosphere resulting from nuclear
explosions in the nuclear testing programs.
"At the 2nd Annual Conference on the
United Nations and World
Peace, almost a decade ago, Gary Whiteford, Professor of Geology
University of New Brunswick, presented results of a study that
looked at the long term effect. In his study, Whiteford looked
earthquakes in the 20th century with intensities greater than
magnitude-5.8 . He found that in the first half of the century,
nuclear testing, quakes greater than 5.8 occurred on an average
times per year. Between 1950 and 1988, the rate rose "suddenly
dramatically" to an average of 127 annually. The U.S. military
chalked it up to "coincidence". Whiteford responded, "The
geographical patterns in the data, with a clustering of
specific regions matched to specific test dates and sites do not
support the easy and comforting explanation of 'pure
is a dangerous coincidence." With further analysis, Whiteford
that, in the case of so-called "killer quakes" - those in which
thousand or more people died - specifically those occurring
1953 and 1989, some 62.5% of them struck within a few days after
a nuclear test.
I will state this very slowly.
The electromagnetic pulse (EMP) waves
released in these nuclear tests may have been the factor that,
triggered the earthquakes
led to damage to the
Thus - nuclear weapons may actually have
been used as early, primitive environmental weapons used to trigger
earthquakes in tectonic warfare.
Electromagnetic pulse released by
nuclear testing may have been an important causal factor for the
resulting damage to the magnetosphere, and the increase in moderate
and large earthquakes on Earth. We can now discern the impetus among
U.S. military planners in the 1970s to expand the performance of
electromagnetic (EM) weapons.
Read what two pioneer critics of the
HAARP program have to say.
"In 1966, Professor Gordon J. F.
MacDonald was Associate Director of the Institute of Geophysics
and Planetary Physics at the University of California, Los
Angeles, was a member of the President's Science Advisory
Committee, and later a member of the President's Council on
Environmental Quality. He published papers on the use of
environmental control technologies for military purposes.
MacDonald made a revealing comment:
"The key to geophysical warfare
is the identification of environmental instabilities to
which the addition of a small amount of energy would release
vastly greater amounts of energy."
World-recognized scientist MacDonald
had a number of ideas for using the environment as a weapon
system and he contributed to what was, at the time, the dream of
When he wrote his chapter, "How to
Wreck the Environment", for the book "Unless Peace Comes", he
was not kidding around. In it he describes the use of weather
manipulation, climate modification, polar ice cap melting or
destabilization, ozone depletion techniques, earthquake
engineering, ocean wave control and brainwave manipulation using
the planet's energy fields. He also said that these types of
weapons would be developed and, when used, would be virtually
undetectable by their victims.
"Is HAARP that weapon? The military's intention to do
environmental engineering is well-documented."
Environmental weapons can trigger Earth
changes, and are effective weapons for creating weather and climate
war, and for tectonic warfare itself. Ever since modern
electromagnetic (EM) weapons have deployed we can document an
increase in Earth seismicity.
Nikola Tesla (1858-1943), a Serbian born naturalized U.S. citizen,
physicist, and electrical engineer discovered the theoretical basis
for electromagnetic weapons.
Tom Bearden describes Tesla’s
status as an original inventor of electromagnetic pulse energy
"By 1914 or so, Tesla had been
successfully isolated and was already nearly a "non-person."
Thereafter Tesla lived in nearly total seclusion, occasionally
surfacing (at his annual birthday party for members of the
press) to announce the discovery of an enormous new source of
free energy, the perfection of wireless transmission of energy
without losses, fireball weapons to destroy whole armies and
thousands of aeroplanes at hundreds of miles distance, and a
weapon (the "Tesla Shield," I've dubbed it) that could provide
an impenetrable defense and thus render war obsolete.
"In my pursuit of Tesla's secret, it gradually became apparent
to me that present orthodox electromagnetic theory is seriously
flawed in some fundamental respects. One of these is in the
definition and use of THETA, the scalar electrostatic potential.
It is this error which has hidden the long-sought Unified Field
Theory from the theorists…."
"In the 20's and 30's, Tesla announced the final perfection of
his wireless transmission of energy without losses -
even to interplanetary distances."
Tesla’s electromagnetic theories laid
the foundation for the design of environmental weapons that trigger
Earthquakes as a means of waging war.
"An Earthquake fault zone is such a
scalar interferometer. Stresses and charge pileups exist in the
plates on each side adjacent to the fault, with stress relief
existing in the middle in the fault fracture itself.
"Since the rock is locally nonlinear, the mechanical stresses
and electrical currents in it are also locally nonlinear. This
results in the generation of multiple frequencies of
THETA-4-waves from each side of the fault interferometer,
yielding two complex Fourier expansion patterns of scalar
Tesla’s theories also provide the
foundation for electromagnetic (EM) weapons’ application to weather
and climate warfare.
"[Tesla] theorized that 10hz of
Extremely Low Frequency (ELF) beams bounced through the Earth
and up into the ionosphere would start electron resonance 50
kilometers above the Earth. This would effect thunderstorms by
causing a dielectric breakdown above the clouds and forcing them
to release their energy and water in a non-natural way.
While the U.S. Navy applied Tesla principles in World War I
communications systems, after the end of the war, Tesla research
was not pursued. Tesla-based devices such as the Moray
amplifier, however, became a central component of
electromagnetic pulse (EMP) weapons developed by the then Soviet
Union in the 1970s.
"Today the [Tesla-based] Moray amplifier is a standard component
of many of the Soviet secret super weapons and Tesla weapons."
[Reference: The Tesla
Parapsychologist and Tesla expert Dr.
Andrija Puharich reports on the deployment of Soviet Tesla-based
"On July 4, 1976 the Soviet Union
unleashed a new weapon on the world. Nikola Tesla had shown in
1901 that a person could transmit power across the Earth through
the ground. The Russians were emitting an 11 Hertz signal
(cycles per second) across the world. This powerful signal upset
radio communications everywhere. Many nations protested.
The U.S. Air Force identified 5
different frequencies in this compound harmonic the Russians
were sending through the Earth and the atmosphere. The intention
was to affect a change of consciousness in mankind. The Extreme
Low Frequency waves will penetrate anything and everything, the
specially shielded Faraday cage, the ocean. Nothing stops or
weakens these signals…."
"Dr. Puharich and Robert Beck designed receiving equipment which
could measure these waves and their effect on the human brain.
Their experiments proved that a signal of 6 Hertz easily
penetrated the copper walls of a Faraday cage. So could a rate
of 6.6 - one of the rates being used by the
Russians. This caused depression.
"Dr. Puharich revealed that the Soviets used ELF waves to
experiment with weather control in 1976 and 1977, using an 11
Hertz wave sent round the world; but even when they stopped
their transmitters, they couldn't stop the waves!
"It took a year for the 11 Hertz wave to diminish in strength,
causing a terrible winter. Since the Russians turned on this
signal, they have had three crop failures in a row, as well as
great floods. America had great heat and drought.
"About 1980 they began to realize more fully what they were
doing; so they built more transmitters, in Siberia and Latvia,
to send beams around the world. They created a great arc over
Canada to Cape Cod, 42 miles in width. Soviet attaches', from
the embassy in Ottawa, were going out to villages to determine
O.K., so your "pattern-recognition
warning lights" may not have activated as to the reality of
environmental warfare applications, using the Earth’s system as its
Let us explore a very suggestive series
of milestones, tracking some of the apparent effects of
environmental weapons reported since the 1970s, when mega-power
electromagnetic pulse (EMP) weapons were first deployed in weather,
climate, and tectonic warfare.
One Environmental weapons researcher has documented this history of
the applications of Environmental weapons since the mid-1970s.
"July 4, 1976 Soviets turn on their
Tesla Magnifying transmitters with a primary [EMP] frequency of
10hz and start Weather Modification experiments. These are
monitored by the U.S. National Security (NSI) which listens to
all radio frequencies that originates in Russia.
"June 5, 1976 The New York Times described the great Earthquake,
which destroyed Tangshan China and killed 650,000 people as:
"Just before the first tremor at 3:42 am the sky lit up like
daylight. The multi hued lights, mainly red and white were seen
up to 200 miles away. Leafs on many trees were burned to a crisp
and growing vegetables were scorched on one side as if by a
These electrical effects are tied to
electromagnetic plasma and ball lightning which result from Tesla
style and HAARP like transmissions.
"July 4, 1977
Exactly one year after the start of
the Russian experiments, the U.S. Government conducted an ELF
experiment that created an enormous downburst of rain in six
counties of Northern Wisconsin. Winds of up to 157 mph
devastated a wide area and the ELF generated storm destroyed
Phillips, Wisconsin, destroyed 350,000 acres of forest and
caused $50 million in damage.
The Planetary Association for Clean
Energy (PACE) Newsletter described the storm:
"Downburst activity has been
described as occurring when the top of a thunderstorm cloud
topples over bringing with it masses of wind straight down.
The U.S. Government's transmitter sent about 1.2 million
watts of energy into the ground. The ground connections are
at each end of the antenna and up the other end, forming an
antenna loop. Signals are sent by shifting the frequency.
The antenna began transmissions
at 13:00 hours by shifting from 76 hertz to 72 or 80 pulsed
at a rate of 16 times a second. The action of the [EMP]
transmitters in setting up a resonant Circuit duplicates the
process that occurs in nature during thunderstorm activity."
The United Nations Security Council
investigates the possibilities of Weather modification and
agrees to a ban of utilization. (C.N. 263. 1978 treaties 12)
U.S. Defense Intelligence Agency (DIA)
declassifies a report describing how vast advances in Soviet
psychotronic technology can create the ultimate Big Brother
Society by using electronic mind control against populations to
implant ideas and thoughts into the heads of unsuspecting
victims using ELF transmissions.
Specula Magazine described the
Russian ELF effects: "An electromagnetic signal of certain
frequencies can be transmitted through the Earth which,
depending upon the frequency used, focusing, wave shape, etc.,
one can induce a variety of effects such as earthquakes induced
at a distant aiming point, severe disturbances in the middle and
upper atmosphere over the target area and anomalous weather
effects. This is called the 'Tesla Effect' originally discovered
Andrija Puharich, M.D., LL.D.
of Russia issued a detailed research paper titled, "Global
Magnetic Warfare - A layman's View of Certain Artificially
Induced Unusual Effects on the Planet during 1976 and 1977."
Describing early Soviet work with Tesla's method of "Controlled
Earthquakes," he stated "Of the many great Earthquakes of 1976
there is one that demands special attention - the July 28, 1976
Tangshan, China Earthquake."
"January 30, 1981
The WASHINGTON POST reported:
"The world sustained 71 significant Earthquakes during 1980, up
from 56 the previous year and the world death toll climbed to
7,140, five times the 1979 figure, the U.S. Geological Survey
said. Coincidentally with the increase in Soviet and U.S. ELF
transmissions during 1980, there was a sharp increase in
Earthquakes around the world."
P.A.C.E. NEWSLETTER reported that
Dr. Ralph Markson of the Massachusetts Institute of Technology,
"Suggests that if a atmospheric variations do affect the
weather, the appropriate use of ELF and VLF radio waves might do
the same trick." "It is known the VLF radio waves such as those
induced by lightning can destabilize plasma in the
magnetosphere. Experiments to cause such effects have been
conducted from the space shuttle."
"August 9, 1983
The Washington Post reports, Lt.
Thomas Bearden, nuclear
engineer and leading U.S. Tesla researcher lectured to the U.S.
Psychotronics Association explaining how the Tesla wave
generators worked said,
"The U.S. had been working with
ELF generators but found that the foundation of Ground Wave
Emergency Network (GWEN) transmitters were much more
effective than standard ELF transmitters. The GWEN
transmitters are being erected around the United States to
continue our communications during a nuclear war."
"March 1, 1987
The New York Times reported: "Col.
Paul Hanson, GWEN program director for the Air Force said the
GWEN towers will not help wage a nuclear war because they would
be destroyed in any protracted confrontation. Currently 54 GWEN
are operational at a cost of $235 million. The Government is
planning to build 29 more units at a cost of an additional $11
"August 11 1987
4,686,605 issued to Dr. Bernard
J. Eastlund, a physicist whose design promoted the U.S.
government building on a mammoth electromagnetic weather
engineering system. The patent was assigned to APTI Inc., a
subsidiary of Eastlund’s then employer, the Atlantic Richfield
Oil Company (ARCO).
The patent states,
"Large regions of the atmosphere
could be lifted to an unexpected high altitude. Weather
modification is possible by for example altering the upper
atmosphere wind patterns and that the Earth’s magnetic field
could be decreased or disrupted at appropriate altitudes to
modify or eliminate the magnetic field."
OMNI Magazine carried an article
about Dr. Eastlund’s invention: "As he did his computations,
Eastlund realized that the amount of energy he was dealing with
was enormous. He calculated that by lifting parts of the
atmosphere the charged particles could reflect sunlight, heat
parts of the Earth and manipulate local weather patterns.
Richard Williams, a physicist at Princeton, stated that he
thinks the Eastlund HAARP device,
"might become a serious threat
to the Earth’s atmosphere and could cause irreversible
damage. Effects in the atmosphere cannot be localized. The
language of the patent indicates that it is clearly intended
to provide effects on a global scale."
The New York Times reported that
each GWEN unit utilizes about 2,000 watts of power and are
"relaying brief test messages every twenty minutes."
Bulletin of the Atomic Scientists
reported that GWEN involves a network of 299 foot high towers
that "uses low frequency radio waves that hug the ground."
"September 12, 1989
The Washington Post reported that
during 1989, World Bank President Barber Conable made a speech
in Tokyo at a conference on: "Global Environment" in which he
revealed the long range goals of the international bankers.
He said that,
"while higher temperatures may
cause a number of disasters they might also warm cold and
unproductive lands in the North into productivity."
This candid admission described the
real reason that the Soviets and the New World Order bankers
have secretly promoted continuous weather engineering over the
Northern hemisphere since the early 1970’s.
The bulletin of the Atomic
Scientists listed some of the GWEN tower locations. Of extreme
importance were GWEN units directly in the middle of the high
rainfall area of the 1993 flood in the Upper Mississippi Valley.
The operating and planned GWEN units are at: Ledyard Iowa,
Chelsea Wisconsin, Shepard Minnesota, Curryville and Dudley
Missouri and other units in Colorado and Montana whose range
could influence the magnetic fields in neighboring states. The
resulting enhanced constant precipitation levels killed hundreds
and destroyed billions of dollars of property.
Because of the publicity about the
weather engineering aspects of the Eastlund Arco patent, the
U.S. Government suppressed all further news about the
invention’s weather engineering features and the invention has
been disguised as a device for conducting "atmospheric research.
Progressive Magazine reported that
each GWEN tower will have "a hundred copper wires, each 330 feet
long, that will fan out from the tower a foot underground...The
major environmental issue is Electromagnetic radiation...GWEN
towers emit ionizing radiation, and they do so all of the time,
with test signals broadcast every hour."
CROSS CURRENTS: "The perils of
Electropollution," by Robert O. Becker, M.D.;
is a superb system for producing behavioral alterations in
the civilian population. The average strength of the steady
geomagnetic field varies from place to place across the
United States. Therefore if one wished to resonate a
specific ion in living things in a specific locality, one
would require a specific frequency for that location.
The spacing of GWEN transmitters
200 miles apart across the United States would allow such
specific frequencies to be ‘tailored’ to the geomagnetic
field strength in each GWEN area."
In response to the allegations that
the GWEN system was built to enable the Government to continue
communications during a war Dr. Becker countered,
"The GWEN hardware is transistor
based; even if placed in hardened bunkers it would still be
vulnerable to electro magnetic pulse. The real purposes of
the GWEN system is being kept secret from the American
"March 29, 1992
The WASHINGTON TIMES reports the
incidence of ELF signals associated with Earthquakes are
continuing. Satellites and ground sensors detected mysterious
radio waves or related electrical and magnetic activity before
major Earthquakes in Southern California during 1986-87 and
Northern California, Armenia and Japan in 1989."
How is your "pattern-recognition rate"
functioning now? Are you beginning to discern a pattern of
electromagnetic pulse deployment ranging from Tesla to the 1970s
Soviet Union to the 1990s HAARP project in Alaska?
Does it not seem a reality that electromagnetic (EM) weapons are
developed and deployed? That environmental weapons are deployed for
Earth-systems warfare - weather and climate war, and tectonic
What other pattern-recognition would most easily account for all we
have reviewed so far?
Some applications of electromagnetic (EM) weapons unleash an
electromagnetic pulse blast (looking like a fireball) which can
level a town or city.
Electromagnetic pulse researcher by
Harry Mason, B.Sc., M.Sc., reports:
"These recent [EMP] fireball and
other electrical events are highly anomalous and appear to pose
a considerable danger to the population of not only Australia
but much of the entire planet. Certainly, just one of the
associated explosion/earthquakes could completely flatten a town
the size of Broken Hill, Kalgoorlie, Mt Isa, Alice Springs or
Canberra-with enormous loss of life. It would approximate a
nuclear blast in intensity and "spoil the inhabitants' whole
"Severe high-energy harmonic coupling would occur at the
instance of the weapon's microsecond wave release of a
concentrated EM energy pulse, and this would probably cause an
explosive splitting apart of the inter-atomic-level bonding of
the targeted material, e.g., below-ground rock, above-ground
building structures, or in the gases of the 'air'. This would
create a huge explosion and a 'regular' Earthquake, probably
quite indistinguishable from a 'normal' quake; or, in the air,
an 'air quake' would result.
"Such an explosion would probably be quite similar to a
low-level nuclear fission blast and would involve essentially
similar but EM-initiated inter-atomic processes that affect the
atomic nucleus and its bonding with neighbouring atomic nuclei.
It would probably create some minor residual radioactivity as a
by-product of the process, due to the production of a number of
"This mechanism is probably the reason for Russian use of the
code-word "Ellipton bomb" whilst referring to these types of EM
weapons. ("Right-wing KGB presidential candidate" Vladimir
Zhirinovsky was quoted using this term whilst apparently
threatening Bosnian Muslims with annihilation.) Rapid on-off
alternating electrostatic EM field coupling would cause a Mohr
stress ellipsoid oscillation in any material by effects on
If powerful enough, this energy
input would ultimately lead to very fast explosive material
rupture of the interatomic bonds-i.e., a major explosion of
nuclear-force levels and/or the creation of an apparently
Researcher Harry Mason also concludes
that an electromagnetic (EM) weapon, in an act of tectonic warfare,
may have been used to intentionally trigger the destructive
earthquake in Kobe, Japan.
Independent scientific evidence may
provide some further basis for corroborating Mason’s conclusions.
Because of the unusual nature of Mason’s
analysis, I’ve included his entire report.
"On 17 January 1995, the Japanese
city of Kobe was struck by a massive Earthquake that devastated
much of the city, killing over 5,500 people and injuring many
thousands more. Shoko Asahara, the leader of the Japanese
Aum Supreme Truth (Aum Shinrikyo) sect,
had surprisingly predicted, in a Tokyo radio broadcast on 8
January 1995, that a major quake would soon occur at Kobe.
Asahara went even further and stated
that this quake would be initiated by a "a foreign power"
utilizing an electromagnetic (EM) weapons system.
"Aum's Science Minister Hideo Murai later stated at the Foreign
Press Correspondents' Club in Tokyo on 7 April 1995 that, "There
is a possibility that the great Hanshin [Kobe] Earthquake was
activated by electromagnetic power or some device that exerts
energy into the ground."
"Asahara would undoubtedly have preferred his great predictive
powers to be thought of as due to a highly developed and
superior spiritual ability to examine the future time-track
(thus attracting more gullible followers after this quake
event). It is far more likely that he was fed warning
intelligence re Kobe by Aum's Science Minister Murai, and/or
Japanese Intelligence operatives who themselves were forewarned
by Russian KGB officials.
"In his pre-Aum days, Hideo Murai had worked on highly advanced
microwave and gamma/cosmic-ray physics applications for cold
molding of steel at the Kobe Steel laboratories. This
laboratory complex was located at the near-exact epicenter of
the great Kobe Earthquake. Japanese investigative journalists
believe that this Kobe laboratory was one of several research
facilities (located at Osaka, Tsukuba and Tokyo universities)
engaged in top-secret research and development of EM weapons
technology-under the cover of Kobe Steel industrial research
and/or environmental "desert-greening" studies.
"The Aum's deputy leader, Kiyohide Hayakawa, in his pre-Aum days
studied at Osaka University in the Landscape Engineering section
of the Environmental Engineering department. His thesis is
highly confidential and not available to the public, but
allegedly contains only landscape engineering studies.
"For several days prior to the great Kobe Earthquake there were
reports of glowing orange-red and pink lights and spherical
forms hovering over and along the Kobe fault line. Such Earth
stress lights have been observed over major quakes in many parts
of the globe since the 19th century, but the number and
intensity of those that developed in the January 1995 pre-Kobe
quake days appear to be highly anomalous.
"The existence of geophysical weapons capable of creating or
triggering earthquakes in highly stressed crustal regions has
been discussed privately by geophysicists for a decade or more.
Rumors have abounded over certain huge earthquakes of the 1970s
and 1980s in the Central Asian republics of the former USSR.
Some writers have suggested that
these were caused by Israeli, French or American EM weapons
systems used in retaliation for Soviet EM weapon strikes on the
West. US scientist Tom Bearden contends that the Soviets brought
into service an intercontinental-range Tesla EM weapon in 1963
during the Khrushchev era.
"The evidence that Kobe was not a natural earthquake is slender
and is based primarily upon Asahara's prediction that was later
proved so horrifyingly correct. However, one cannot be certain
about actual cause, and quite possibly I am totally incorrect in
suggesting this event could have been caused by a sentiently
controlled and directed EM energy weapon.
There would appear to be some
supporting evidence of an indirect nature involving political
considerations and other more recent events. However, taking
into consideration the entire Kobe and Aum Tokyo scenarios
together with the earlier, possibly Aum-related,
fireball-explosion-earthquake events of 28 May 1993 at Banjawarn,
Western Australia, one is left with a very strong impression of
a serious fire underlying the visible "dark plume of smoke" that
rose over Kobe.
"But what motive could there possibly be for such a major city-
busting weapon strike? Why choose an exotic EM weapon system?
"It is quite possible that the EM strike was directed at the
secret Kobe Steel EM weapons research laboratory and that the
motive was in part to destroy this facility and cause such a
resounding blow to the civilian population. Similar in scale to
the nuclear bombings of Hiroshima and Nagasaki, [this EM strike
would signal] that the Japanese oligarchic powers behind the
scenes [should] think long and hard before attempting to
continue their EM weapons project.
"If the USA (or a covert international power group based
therein) were the belligerent party that struck down Kobe, then
the motive would most likely have included a 'big stick' warning
to the Japanese powers. To do what they were told with regard to
the New World (economic) Order, or face the consequences.
"It would appear from subsequent events that the Japanese
oligarchy did not grovel under this attack but in fact, after
some further provocation, went on the offensive with its own (or
a friend's) EM weapon system."
Other scientists have reported animal
behavior just prior to the Kobe Earthquake, apparently induced by
electromagnetic fields. These electromagnetic fields may be
associated with the natural processes of the Earthquake itself.
An open question is whether
electromagnetic weapons in any way induced the electromagnetic pulse
fields preceding the Kobe Earthquake.
"Sea lions, hippopotamus and
crocodiles in the Kobe-Oji Zoo were reported to have shown
seismic anomalous animal behavior (SAAB) before the Kobe
Earthquake. Crocodiles at the Izu-Atagawa Banana-Alligator
Garden were observed to have cried before volcanic eruptions and
earthquakes in the Izu area.
Critical electric field intensity,
which causes a field-avoidance behavior, has been estimated for
these animals and some reptiles. Behavioral responses to seismic
electric pulse stimuli due to the emerged pulsed charges or
electromagnetic waves were tentatively attributed to the cause
of SAAB. Seismic field intensities prior to the Kobe Earthquake
were estimated from the electric field effects and citizen's
statements on SAAB are shown in a geographic map with the number
The anecdotal reports of significant
animal disturbances at the epicenter were entirely consistent
with the electric field effects. An attempt was made to observe
natural electric pulses prior to earthquakes with a digital
storage oscilloscope conforming to geophysical theory, also at
the time of lightning and by electric discharges.
Some electric pulses were detected
simultaneously occurring in a laboratory with startled movements
of eels as well as with fighting and grooming of hamsters known
as anomalous behavior caused by electric field effects.
In many ways, HAARP represents a new
generation of environmental weapons systems, following on three
decades of electromagnetic weapons development.
HAARP researcher John A. Quinn
concludes that HAARP has multiple agendas:
"The acknowledged, publicized
applications for potential applications of HAARP technology are
primarily: Enhancement of or interference with communications,
as well as development of new types of radio transmissions
"Investigation" of effects on weather patterns Earth-penetrating
tomography - an X-ray like function which can reveal, for
example, the existence of underground installations as well as
oil or mineral deposits
"Some of the other principal yet unpublicized goals [of HAARP]
(physical/psychological disablement) and mind control uses
tampering/modification of global weather patterns via
"Pushing the envelope" in terms
of pumping electromagnetic energy into the ionosphere, just
to see what happens
"It bears emphasizing here that any
such references to HAARP being used for EM mind control come
directly from numerous internal documents and repeated
references therein to HAARP's capabilities as electromagnetic
mind modification/manipulation technology and intentions to so
implement HAARP. "
One of the dominant, covert agendas of
HAARP is the waging of tectonic warfare.
In this guise,
HAARP may form the basis of an environmental weapons
system, used to trigger destructive earthquakes against a targeted
enemy. Under certain conditions, such as extreme solar
electromagnetic activity, environmental weapons can trigger
cataclysmic Earth changes.
These Earth changes would be a
cataclysmic scale which human prophetic traditions have foretold.
"One of the more covert of HAARP's
seemingly countless agendas is that HAARP transmissions can be
used for detecting and monitoring electromagnetic or "plasma"
phenomena which are precursors of seismic activity and tectonic
movement. Indications are that HAARP transmissions can be (and
conceivably are being) used to activate or trigger exactly these
same electromagnetic conditions which can cause tectonic
movement - in other words, HAARP potentially has the ability to
"Certainly such a capability is equally as disturbing as nearly
everything else about HAARP, and judging by how other of the
technology's capabilities have been applied, it will also likely
be applied in a similarly malevolent manner. I don't really even
want to follow that line of thinking too far, but the
implications are clear - and very frightening. Think we have "a
problem" here? Well, I sure do.
"It seems that HAARP signals are being picked up by weather
radar systems as referred to above. This has been noted in
conjunction with some unusual Earthquake activity as well.
Notably at the China Lakes Naval Air Warfare Center in Southern
California, where the quakes have been numbering around 100 per
day for weeks now and radar images have often shown what seem to
be major weather disturbances. Yet concurrently the weather
satellite shots of the area and local weather conditions reports
prove that the skies at these times have been generally calm and
"Something similar occurred on Easter Sunday in the Carolinas.
It looked from the radar shots as though the area was being
pounded by massive tornadic activity, yet the skies were clear
and the atmospheric conditions generally calm. The next day,
however, guess what - a sizable and unarguably rare Earthquake
hit this exact region!
"Yet one more item on the list of HAARP's covert agendas and
Detection of electromagnetic
seismic activity which may precede Earthquakes - and
triggering of such activity.
It is becoming very apparent that
the radar systems are picking up electromagnetic perturbances
which not only don't correlate to observed actual weather
conditions but display totally unnatural formations like perfect
circles (often concentric), perfectly straight lines, etc.
This same phenomenon, often in
conjunction with tremendous and historically unheard-of
rainstorms, has also been observed in Western Australia, where
the concentric electromagnetic energy pulses accompanying the
fronts have been so severe as to totally knock out the power
grids in the region. Exactly what happened in Aukland, New
Zealand earlier this year, when the entire heart of the city was
without power for months after their electrical grid was
literally fried by these EM pulse waves.
"It bears repeating here that some scientists believe that HAARP,
especially at it's current extraordinary levels of power, is
quite capable of generating such highly advanced, esoteric
phenomena as gravity waves; the ability implement
interdimensional/time bending, distortion, shifting, rifting and
the like would be along the same lines.
"More and more, the emerging picture of HAARP is that of an
extremely severe and very disturbing threat to our wellbeing
here on Planet Earth; currently perhaps on of the very biggest
threats technologically. This really seems to be their Big Gun,
capable of being applied in nearly every imaginable and
exceptionally undesirable way.
"HAARP technology appears well suited in general to enforcing a
host of the more oppressive and malicious goals and agendas of
the evolving "New World Order."
"The more complete list of primary intended uses of HAARP now
Enhancement of or interference
with communications, as well as development of new types of
Manipulation of weather patterns
(physical/psychological disablement) and mind control uses
- an X-ray like function which can reveal, for
example, the existence of underground installations as well
as oil or mineral deposits
Detection of electromagnetic
seismic activity which may precede Earthquakes -
and triggering of such activity
Generation of [gravity] waves,
inter-dimensional/time "portals" and other highly esoteric,
"Pushing the envelope" in terms of
pumping electromagnetic energy into the ionosphere, just to see
Now that we are aware of environmental
weapons, the greater challenge may be the monitor of their
hyper-secret tests and demos, and discerning the intentional
environmental weapons attacks.
Accurate information about environmental weapons events will be
needed if we are ever to report on them in terms that a secular
audience will understand. If we are ever to raise a critical mass of
public opinion against environmental weapons, and legislative action
to stop the madness.
We need a vocabulary with which to communicate to skeptics of
environmental weapons, as well as to a civilian population that may
not have a clue they are at risk themselves. That is a crucial
question, because the military reality of environmental weapons is
that they are hyper-secret.
The issue is not HAARP alone, which is one prototype weapons system.
The deeper issue is the whole reality of
Environmental warfare itself, and the perversion of the Earth’s
natural systems into instruments of war, and the possible
cataclysmic outcomes of human military folly - as the prophets have
Chapter Five -
Traditional Forecasts of Environmental Warfare
Michel de Notredame (Nostradamus) provides the best precognitive
electromagnetic (EM) weapons may cause prophesized
Earth changes for our era.
High psychics provide pre-cognitive
visions of possible coming cataclysm. In turn, we can use these
visions as working hypothesis against which we can evaluate emerging
patterns in the Earth sciences and in the public interest evaluation
of Environmental warfare. In a word, we can use the prophets’
visions in present, real time to help us gauge reality.
This evaluation of precognitive information in the light of
empirical data conforms to the classic scientific method.
How are prophets and psychics different? Not significantly, really,
except by nuance. Psychics and prophets are persons who can access
accurate information about the future (or the past), from the
present. They possess the faculty of precognition (or
retro-cognition, in the case of information about the past).
When does a psychic become a prophet? It is all a matter of degree.
Prophet is a social term, generally
bestowed when a psychic is proven correct about multiple future
predictions; when the information the psychic predicts about the
future is momentous; when the psychic is of a religious, social or
indigenous tradition. A prophet is a psychic with cache, an
historical persona and stance.
Besides modern prophet Edgar Cayce, a cluster of prophets from
diverse traditions - secular, religious, traditional - have
converged in their visions, and foresee an era of Earth changes
occurring at the end our cycle of human history. Some of the
prophets - secular and indigenous - date these visions to our own
era. The millennial predictions of religious prophets, when
interpreted, appear to be speaking of our era as well - the first
two decades of the twenty-first century.
Prophetic visions about Earth changes tend to contain outcomes,
rather than specific causes of Earth changes.
Edgar Cayce’s Earth
changes visions of a classic example of how prophets are
outcomes-oriented. Cayce provides a verbal picture on the nature and
extent of specific cataclysms (for example, landmasses broken up,
rising or sinking).
With notable exceptions, Cayce does not generally provide the
specific causal factors in the Earth’s natural system by which these
predicted events are to occur. The exceptions in Cayce’s visions
relate to psychic information describing possible astronomical
influences, and Earth system interconnectedness acting as causal
factors in predicted Earth changes.
OK, let’s go back to the Internet on some basic prophet-issues.
Subj: Re: Atlantis
Date: 99-02-14 15:10:06 EST
"In a message dated 99-02-14 11:25:26 EST, you write:
> It's weird to be replied to by someone who is into science and
> on this of all lists. This is a prophecy list. Do you look for
> scientific proof in prophecy? and how do you place any more
> Ruth Montgomery than in Zetatalk? How do you deal with Edgar
> or the Hopi's, or Chet Snow, or Robert Ghost Wolf, or
Ed Dames, or any
> of the others we talk about on this list?
What is it you are looking for in
It is possible to rank the relative
accuracy of high psychics by measuring the fulfillment of specific
psychic predictions they make.
The higher the fulfillment rate, the
higher the accuracy, the more reality one can place in their
prophecies as a vision of possible future events. At least three
studies have so evaluated Cayce's Earth changes predictions and
found the fulfillment rate to be high.
Conversely, it is also possible that a future event that a prophet
like Cayce foresaw could be transformed before it occurs.
That is the nature of the
multidimensional universe we are in. Time and space are not static;
time and space can be molded and transformed - they have the
plasticity of thought forms.
So! Even if Cayce, Nostradamus, and the prophetic traditions say we
may have Earth changes and global war, it is still possible to
transform the future and avoid all this destruction? Especially so,
since the destruction would be primarily caused by human negativity
and warfare. Human negativity and warfare can itself be transformed,
as an outcome and legacy of our era.
The dedication of our spirits and
politics, by Love and Light, collective inspiration, and a good
measure of public interest counter-intelligence can transform human
negativity and warfare.
Talk about volatility! I have found that even mentioning that
environmental warfare may cause prophesized Earth changes to be a
polarizing trigger for extreme reactions. One cluster of reactions
has an "Aha!" experience, and wants to know more. Another cluster of
reactions goes into contraction, denial, and negative projection.
Invariably, after a measure of time, conversation reverts to
There are many, interactive layers to the volatility of reactions I
get when I trying and correlate electromagnetic weapons, and
prophesized Earth changes. Science minded people might think the
proposition to be unscientific. Other-directed people might think it
unfashionable, to be avoided. On the whole, reigning scientific and
academic opinion finds the notion that traditional prophets and
psychics could have accurate precognition about the future to be a
Try and have a decent exchange of
opinion with a person who is uninformed about parapsychology and you
will certainly hear Nostradamus, and by extension yourself, trashed.
There may be many reasons for these cultural filters. We have no
formal place in contemporary "scientific" society for the visionary,
the prophet, or the oracle. In some traditional societies, the
oracle has a central social function.
Each of the three inter-linked concepts - prophecy, environmental
warfare, and Earth changes - are buzzwords that in most of
contemporary science, journalism, politics, finance, law, and
government mean lunatic fringe. The cultural bias against prophecy
may be more a remnant of the scientific revolutions of the
nineteenth century, and its linear constructs of time and knowledge,
rather than of the on-going scientific revolution in knowledge and
physics of the twenty-first century.
Now, let’s flip the issue over and look at some reactions of the
community of believers in prophecy and Earth changes.
Strange dynamics are at work in this
flavor of volatility. The strangeness comes from an unspoken
assumption that Earth changes, if they come, will be the products of
natural causes, not human interventions like electromagnetic pulse
warfare. This mindset may go into compression when confronted with
the real possibility that Earth changes may be actually avoided by
stopping human environmental warfare - weather warfare, climate
warfare, and tectonic warfare.
A truism of modern hermeneutics is that prophets’ visions tend to be
about outcomes, not causes. A prophetic vision, for example, may
contain a prediction of specific Earth changes, without ascribing
causes. Our first instinct may be to conclude that prophesized Earth
changes will take place "naturally." The mind habitually thinks of
Earth changes as being caused by specific natural mechanisms.
Yet there are cases on record of successful intentional human
intervention to fulfill a specific prophetic prediction. A case in
point of intentional human intervention in the fulfillment of
prophecy is that of Edgar Cayce’s prediction that remnants of the
Atlantis civilization would be found in 1968-69 off the coast of
Let’s tale a look at the significant issue of human intervention to
fulfill or forestall prophecy. It bears directly on the credibility
of our core thesis that environmental warfare might trigger
prophesized Earth changes. Prophet Edgar Cayce made a specific
prediction that ruins of Atlantis would be found in 1968 or 1969.
Having read the prediction in advance, an expedition of individuals
led by Dr. Manson Valentine intentionally set out in 1968 to fulfill
the Cayce Bimini-Atlantis prophecy.
Dr. Manson succeeded and apparently may
have done that in 1969.
The expedition succeeded in finding a series of underwater temple
and wall structures, ruins lying in shallow waters off of Bimini in
the Bahamas. Their discovery came in 1969, and the expedition was by
a group of individuals who were intentionally seeking to fulfill
Cayce's prophecy that Atlantis would rise in ‘68 or ‘69.
I interviewed the finders at the time as
part of research on The Age of Cataclysm. Underwater photography
showed a series of temple structures, with fluted columns, which
were dated more than 10,000 BC, one supposed date for the Atlantis
cataclysm. The stone for the temple structures was the same as stone
indigenous to the Andes mountains - quite a distance from Bimini.
Remarkable coincidence or synchronicity as Jung would say. Psychic
Edgar Cayce predicts in the 1930s that ruins of Atlantis could be
found in shallow waters in 1968 0r 1969. A small group of explorers,
reading the Cayce prediction intentionally sets out in 1969 to
discover the ruins. In 1969 they discover ruins dating back to the
alleged time of the Atlantis flood.
Human conscious intention was a crucial factor in the fulfillment of
the Cayce prediction. The explorers were consciously motivated to
fulfill the prediction. The presence of conscious human intention to
fulfill does not invalidate the prediction. It makes fulfillment of
Cayce’s Bimini prophecy possible.
Exploration on the Bimini findings has lain dormant in recent years.
However, if the Bimini findings are in fact ruins of an
Atlantis-like civilization, this case demonstrates that intentional
human intervention can a direct causal factor in fulfilling psychic
prophecy. By extension, psychic prophecies can presumably be
forestalled or prevented by intentional human intervention as well.
In the same manner as the Bimini case, human intervention - in the
form of environmental warfare - may trigger prophesized Earth
changes, fulfilling psychics Earth changes prophecies for our era.
The intervention of intentional environmental warfare as a direct
cause of prophesized Earth changes does not invalidate the accuracy
of prophecy, or the integrity of the prophetic process.
Environmental warfare becomes the specific human instrument by which
Earth changes prophecy is fulfilled.
On the face of it, discussion of environmental warfare as a possible
cause of coming Earth changes would be an easy one for a mindset
that is already cognizant of Earth changes prophecy.
Questions from the Internet suggest that
may not be the case.
"Subj: Re: Staying On-Topic
"Date: 99-02-06 19:32:14 EST
"In a message dated 99-02-06 16:03:01 EST, you write:
>Perhaps the discussions of government conspiracies does not
> this category; although I tend to think that something like
>using black ops to stall or change the upcoming
ascension (i.e.: world
>changes) should be considered.
> If shifts in consciousness and the lifting of veils between
> doesn't have to do with Earth Changes then what does.....in
To exclude human-made causes from a
discussion on Earth changes would render the discussion absurd.
Face it - there does not now appear to
be an asteroid on the way to create another K-T event. Seismological
trends show that Earth’s seismicity is relatively stable - we have
more earthquake damage because of denser human settlements and
chaotic human governments, but the Earth relatively speaking is not
of itself facing cataclysm.
In fact, it is reasonable to surmise that any increase in earthquake
seismicity may be due to electromagnetic pulse influences from
nuclear testing, and from environmental warfare weapons like
electromagnetic pulse generators.
Environmental warfare has become the leading edge of human warfare,
through climate and weather war, and tectonic warfare. Therefore to
evaluate the possibility of coming Earth changes, one must repair to
the science of environmental warfare, however psycho-pathological
that war science may be.
When we go back into Michel de Notredame
(Nostradamus); when we go back into Edgar Cayce; when we go back
into traditional Earth changes prophecies - we find they all talk
about outcomes, not causes of Earth changes. We can postulate a
possible cause in environmental warfare as a fulfillment of the
prophecies. That environmental warfare is a human agency does not
invalidate it as an agency of prophetic fulfillment.
Putting the focus back on human environmental warfare as a possible
cause of prophesized Earth changes really opens up the social
dimensions of our discussion. In the abstract, some may feel we
cannot interfere with cosmic processes and attempt to forestall
Earth changes prophecies. But if it's environmental warfare that
will cause Earth cataclysm, then we have a moral obligation as
Gaians - inhabitants of the Earth - to stop that war. Putting
arbitrary secular limitations of the discussion appears senseless.
Let’s analyze some of the Earth changes prophecies and visions in
the light of the effects of environmental warfare.
We start with the prophecies and visions - psychic precognitions -
of Michel de Notredame, known as Nostradamus (1503 - 1566).
Nostradamus was an esoteric scholar, a physician and astrologer at a
time when the Inquisition was rooting out erudition. He survived the
Inquisition by becoming adviser and astrologer to the Court of
France, and coming under royal protection of Catherine de Medici,
Queen of France.
In his latter years, Nostradamus spent the bulk of his time in
psychic precognition about the future. His predictions he wrote in
quatrains or four line poems, which he shrouded in obscure allusion
because of political and religious dangers with the Inquisition.
Nostradamus almost never used proper names, and described the
precognitive visions he had in symbolic language. Around
Nostradamus’ quatrains has grown a body of interpretive literature.
The quatrains are a written coded versions of visions which
Nostradamus had, in which he self-reported time-traveling to times
and places in the future. Nostradamus apparently composed each coded
quatrain to be a synthesis of multiple such psychic time-travels.
The art of interpreting Nostradamus visions is subjective, involving
correlation of language and events.
Nostradamus’ coding of his quatrains was a survival skill. Were it
known to the Inquisition that he was employing psychic powers to
predict the futures religious and political events, he may well have
faced the death penalty. Hence the camouflage and disguise around
which the quatrains are structured. Conversely, our challenge in
accessing the content of his psychic time-travel is made more
On the rare occasion where Nostradamus used a proper name, it is
possible to verify the accuracy of his predictions, objectively from
the content of the quatrain itself.
In quatrain I-25, Nostradamus predicts
the discoveries of scientist Louis Pasteur (1822-1895) by name, as
well as modern medical developments that will challenge Pasteur’s
assumptions as the twentieth century draws to a close.
Quatrain I - 25
Perdu trouve, cache de si
Sera Pasteur demi Dieu honore:
Ains que la lune acheve son
Par autre vents sera deshonore.
The lost thing is discovered,
many centuries. Pasteur will be
celebrated almost as a god-like
figure. This is when the moon
completes her great cycle, but by
other rumors he shall be
Nostradamus reports a number of accurate
precognitions in this quatrain.
Foremost is the literal, accurate naming
of scientist Louis Pasteur, several hundred years before Pasteur’s
birth. Pasteur’s rediscovery of the germ theory of disease gave him
demi-god status in the medical community for most of the twentieth
century. Pasteur’s doctrine contended that microbes that invade the
body cause disease.
A contemporary scientist to Pasteur, Andre Beauchamp, contended that
disease was not caused by microbes, but by changes in the terrain of
the blood and immune system within the body. Beauchamp’s theory,
which Pasteur secretly embraced on his deathbed, has been vindicated
by recent research. It is as though the entire Pasteur-inspired
twentieth-century view of disease has been proved wrong.
The Pasteur quatrain illustrates a unique aspect of Nostradamus
precognitions. His quatrains can foresee quite complex events and
developments in human history, and the development of human science.
Nostradamus’ quatrains are multi-dimensional precognitions, not just
single dimensional visions of future events.
Of all the psychics focusing on Earth changes, Nostradamus most
explicitly predicts the role of new generation of experimental
weapons much like electromagnetic pulse (EMP) weapons in triggering
Quatrain IX-83 has been focused on by some interpreters of
Nostradamus as containing his prophetic visions about environmental
Sol vingt de Taurus si fort
Le grand theatre rempli ruinera,
L’air ciel & terre obscurcir
Lors l’infidelle Dieu & sainctz
Sun twentieth of Taurus the
Earth will tremble very mightily,
It will ruin the great theater filled:
To darken and trouble air, sky and land,
Then the infidel will call upon God and saints.
Now comes the real fun. One Nostradamus
interpreter indicates that this is a quatrain with multiple
Earthquakes happen on the Earth with
cyclical frequency, and the quatrain may refer to more than one set
of Earth events. That Nostradamus interpreter is claiming this is a
channeled intelligence claiming to be Nostradamus himself.
Why do I rely on the purported channeled intelligence of Nostradamus
as a resource for the interpretation of Nostradamus himself? I mean,
is that not adding subjectivity onto subjectivity?
Not really. The channeled intelligence identifying itself as
"Nostradamus" is so substantively aware of the structure of the
Nostradamus quatrains, and of their application to historical,
contemporary, and future events that if "Nostradamus" were human, he
would qualify as an expert witness in any court of law.
So I just take "Nostradamus" as my expert witness - not a perfect,
infallible witness - but a suggestive, refreshing, and expert one.
What does it matter if this intelligence is disembodied? The
substance of his interpretations is masterful.
Our expert witness "Nostradamus" says that the true interpretation
of the prophetic quatrain is about environmental warfare.
"Earthquake will be triggered by a
weapon that is currently being developed in secret underground
laboratories. He [Nostradamus] cannot put across images of how
this weapon works; for the concepts are not in his
vocabulary….It apparently will be working on some scientific
principle recently discovered that has not been really developed
Psychic predictions are not of
themselves proof of a future event.
Psychic information is suggestive of
what may happen in the future. In evaluating the possible accuracy
of Nostradamus’ precognitive quatrain as applied to environmental
warfare, we should keep in mind that the degree of accuracy of any
given psychic prediction is relative.
Prophetic accuracy may depend on the proven ability of the
individual psychic; on whether the subject matter is one about which
the psychic normally predicts; on whether the time period over which
the psychic makes a prediction is their normal time period. Some
psychics predict events a day away; others a year away; others
The accuracy of any specific psychic prediction may also depend on
whether alternative futures may have come into effect. A future
event predicted by a psychic may be a conditional event, subject to
future transformation before it occurs. Predicted futures can be
changed, transformed, forestalled. Time is a fluid dimension, and we
can exercise free choice in deciding on alternative possible
Certain parts of a psychic prediction may be accurate, and others
inaccurate. While individual psychics may converge on a vision of
cataclysmic Earth changes, they may differ on the specific dates
during which the changes will occur, and on the specific nature,
extent and causes of the Earth changes.
Their over-all predicted pattern might be the same - cataclysmic
Earth changes. It is the over-all pattern of future events that most
likely contains the higher degree of psychic accuracy.
In this way, prophecies of coming Earth changes can be viewed in the
context of alternative futures. We can choose the prophesized
cataclysmic events; or we may choose an alternative, peaceful future
which avoids environmental warfare, and forestalls prophesied Earth
In other words, in the same way that the Cayce Bimini prophecies
were intentionally fulfilled, we can intentionally choose to avoid
fulfilling the prophecies of Earth changes. How? Stop environmental
Our reality is multi-dimensional, and not just a three-dimensional
reality. Modern Earth sciences now address only the empirical facts
of a three-dimensional reality. Psychic information provides us
access to the dynamics of other dimensions of our reality.
Theoretically, we can use psychic information to travel backwards
and forwards in time, and change a cataclysmic future before it
There is one core reason for accessing psychic information about
future Earth changes. Prophecy and precognition can inform us about
possible future Earth changes that conventional Earth sciences may
not yet be able to discern.
I am not using the Nostradamus prophecies to try and prove that
environmental warfare will cause Earth changes. Nostradamus provides
suggestive psychic "field theories" or working hypotheses about the
Earth change capabilities of electromagnetic pulse and other
environmental weapons. Conventional scientific and policy analysis
can use these working hypotheses in helping it evaluate the Earth
changes threat of electromagnetic pulse warfare.
That scientific proof of environmental
warfare’s negative impacts will be up to the Earth sciences and
public interest analysis.
As a prophet, Nostradamus tended to create complex,
multi-dimensional visions of future events. His psychic visions of
earthquakes induced by human experimental weapons fit the profile of
the type of geo-political events he typically foresaw. Nostradamus’
Earth changes quatrain foresees that the weapons causing predicted
earthquakes are themselves based on an experimental technology,
which is not yet fully developed. Electromagnetic pulse weapons -
and environmental warfare weapons in general - fit this profile, and
are scheduled for deployment in the first part of the twenty-first
According to "Nostradamus" channeled interpretation of the Earth
changes quatrain, the environmental weapons are secret, and
developed underground - either a literal underground or a figurative
reference, meaning under governmental secrecy.
The channel "Nostradamus" tells us that the original Nostradamus
quatrain does not have the concepts or vocabulary with which to
describe these new experimental weapons, for that principle did not
exist in his time, and is only now being developed. "Nostradamus’"
insight is consistent with the profile of electromagnetic pulse and
other environmental weapons as well.
The development and deployment
of electromagnetic pulse and other environmental weapons is
hyper-secret. Some electromagnetic weapons are based on energy
principles first developed by Nicola Tesla, themselves not generally
One function of environmental weapons is climate and weather
modification, using electromagnetic pulse energy.
According to the "Nostradamus"
interpretation, one Nostradamus quatrain predicts weather and
climate modification, and the ensuing damage that will occur
following a malfunction of secret environmental weaponry.
Quatrain I - 22
Ce que vivra & n’ayant ancien
Viendra leser a mort son artifice:
Austun, Chalan, Langres & les
La gresle & glace fera grand
A thing existing without any
will cause its own end to happen through artifice.
At Autun, Chalan, Langres and the two Sens
there will be great damage from hail and ice.
Nostradamus explicit reference to
"artifice" in the quatrain plausibly fits the profile of HAARP,
which is operating under the artifice of a scientific experimental
installation studying the Northern Lights.
In the case of this quatrain, the
electromagnetic pulse weapon succeeds in creating destructive
weather modification, even as it masquerades as a scientific device.
Interpretation of psychic prophecy may be analogous to the
interpretation of fragments from an archaeological find. An
interpreter must engage in a good deal of educated guesswork, until
an over-all pattern emerges, and the significance of individual
shards and pieces begins to fall into place.
Goro Adachi’s analysis suggests
that environmental warfare may be a central component of Nostradamus
Earth changes visions.
Century II - 48
La grand copie qui passera
Saturne en l'Arq tournant du poisson Mars:
Venins cachez soubs testes de saumons,
Leurs chief pendu a` fil de polemars.
The great force which will
pass the mountains.
Saturn in Sagittarius Mars turning from the fish:
Poison hidden under the heads of salmon,
Their war-chief hung with cord.
Adachi applies this quatrain to HAARP. I
include his analysis, whole-cloth, as it correlates the predictive
content of various quatrains, all of which seem to converge on
environmental warfare weapons, such as HAARP, causing Earth changes.
"Surprisingly, there seems to be
more hidden meaning to the third line of the same quatrain,
II-48. In this case, the "poison" is not from the nuclear
explosions. It is the Tesla-related technology, infamous HAARP
(High-frequency Active Aurora Research Project) and the like.
you still don't know about technology like HAARP, it is
basically a joint project of the US Navy, Air Force and
University of Alaska which is under construction in Gakona,
It is a research project that will
manipulate the ionosphere (which I talked a lot about in CWN
Analysis-2) by emitting powerful EM energy into it. The real
purpose is not very clear, but some scientists are claiming that
the project is very dangerous.
The HAARP facility should be in full
operation by 1997... coincidentally, the year of Hale-Bopp's
closest approach to the sun/Earth. Radiation, atmosphere, 1997,
Hale-Bopp... it sounds to me
like it should be included in the quatrain/prophecy, II-48.
And I believe it is subtly implied
in the third line:
"Poison hidden under the heads
"As you know, Alaska (where HAARP is located) is often
associated with salmon. And again we can replace "heads"
with "tests". The new translation would be:
"Poison hidden under the tests of Alaska"
"Therefore, the line *could* refer
to HAARP (or similar projects), and the word "poison" is
indicative of its bad effects on nature/Earth.
"The following is an excerpt from an article…which talks about
the danger of HAARP and other related technology. Notice how
similar the alleged consequences are to the ones caused by a
(hypothetical) nearby pulsar/neutron star (CWN Analysis-2):
"::: A Grave Danger to Earth :::
"Demonstrating the grave danger to this planet's geomagnetic
stability, the 1987 Eastlund patent (which is the basic
design for the HAARP project) stated that "The Earth's
magnetic field could be decreased or disrupted at
appropriate altitudes to modify or eliminate the magnetic
"Quoting the 3/88 OMNI Magazine article, "Richard Williams,
a physicist at Princeton, stated that he thinks the Eastlund
(HAARP) project might become 'a serious threat to the
Earth's atmosphere' and 'could cause irreversible
damage...effects in the atmosphere cannot be localized...the
language of the patent indicates that it is clearly intended
to provide effects on a global scale."
"Quoting the 2/94 Cook Inlet Monthly Bush Blade, "The late
geomagnetic researcher Lloyd Zirbes strongly opposed the
technology utilized in the HAARP system. He wrote,
'Disruption of the Earth's magnetic field will complete
damages to the planet's balance done by the government
nuclear bomb blasts in the natural radiation belts above the
ionosphere. Earth's magnetic field keeps the planet in
balance with the moon and sun. Disrupting the field will be
the last straw in sending Earth into the sun or out into
The combined effects of these
transmitters, including the Russian Woodpecker, the new
HAARP system, together with all the other ELF and VLF
systems (such as those in Michigan and the GWEN towers), are
very dangerous. When operating simultaneously and during
times of geomagnetic storms, they present a severe threat to
the entire planet.
"The disruption of the Earth's internal dynamo, and the
disruption and alteration of the upper atmospheric magnetic
belts (which constitute the external part of the Earth's
natural dynamo system), can create a premature reversal of
the magnetic poles, worsen the newly discovered wobble of
the Earth's spin and possibly create a total polar reversal
or Earth shift.
The 1/78 Specula Magazine described Woodpecker effects: "An
electromagnetic signal of certain frequencies can be
transmitted through the Earth which, when introduced into
the Earth at certain multiples of 30degrees, will form
standing waves in the Earth itself. In certain incidence
angle cases, the standing wave also induces a strange
phenomenon: coherence to the standing wave is formed in the
molten core of the Earth itself, and a tiny fraction of the
vast, surging electromagnetic currents of the liquid core
begin to feed into and augment the induced standing wave.
"At this point, one has established a sort of giant triode:
the inducing signal one is putting into the Earth is the
grid signal, and the vast energy in the molten core of the
Earth is the cathode and power supply. The established
coherence serves as an amplification factor for the grid
signal, and much more energy is now present in the standing
wave than the minuscule amount being fed in from the Earth's
surface. By interferometer type techniques, multiple 'giant
resonance' waves of this type can be combined so that a
'beam' or focused effect of very great energy exists inside
"Depending on the frequency, focusing, wave shape, etc. one
can... induce a variety of effects such as Earthquakes,
induced at a distant aiming point, severe disturbances in
the middle and upper atmosphere over the target area...and
anomalous weather effects. This is called the Tesla effect."
"Unlike earlier periods, the Earth is now much more
vulnerable to outside astronomical influences. Today,
powerful transmitters are interfering with, overriding and
blanking out Earth's natural magnetic field. For the first
time in human history, an ever-increasing number of
artificial ELF and VLF vibrations are disrupting Earth's
natural internal and external electromagnetic systems (which
help to maintain planetary rotation, balance and stability).
The newly discovered planetary
wobble and sudden, abrupt slowdowns in rotation are only the
beginning. The chances are now greatly increased that any
asteroid or meteorite that hits the Earth could set off such
a destructive resonance that the planet could split (as
Tesla predicted) or suffer a total polar shift.
"The severe threat to global stability created by the
combined effects of the Woodpecker, HAARP, other
ionosphere-heating ELF, long wire ELF and GWEN tower systems
was demonstrated in T.E. Bearden's book, "Fer-de-Lance":
"Any large collection of
nuclei-such as a star or a planet-is a strong absorber
and radiator of scalar wave radiation. The Sun is a
particularly strong source of scalar wave radiation.
This radiation penetrates the Earth deeply, interacting
more and more with the deeper layers, which under
greater mechanical stress are more nonlinear.
Most of the heat in the
molten core of the Earth comes from the dephasing of a
portion of this absorbed scalar radiation from the Sun,
liberating ordinary electromagnetic energy as heat.
"The Earth also re-radiates scalar wave radiation back
to the Sun. The Sun and the Earth are thus coupled into
a scalar system in equilibrium or near-equilibrium. Each
body in the couplet possesses both a feedforward and a
electromagnetic weapons (such as Woodpecker and HAARP-like
systems), Bearden said:
"’If significant scalar
effects are produced on Earth in a 'pulse' mode, pulsed
disturbances of the Earth-Sun and Earth-Moon systems
result. Here a danger exists that one or more natural
resonances of the coupled systems may be excited. If too
much or sharp stimulation occurs on Earth, the coupled
resonant response from the Sun could be disastrous.
The simplest Doomsday
simulation would be for a violent expulsion of solar
electromagnetic energy and particles to occur. If this
were due to resonance, the expulsions of solar
electromagnetic energy and particles would continue
during some decay time. In that case, the fiery
destruction of the Earth, strongly indicative of
Biblical prophecy, would result. Particularly sensitive
are the resonances of Sun-Earth, Sun-Moon and Earth-Moon
"’Note the abnormal influence of the Moon on tides-tides
of both the Earth's tectonic plates and oceans. If the
Earth-Moon resonant system were overstimulated, one
might expect VIOLENT Earthquakes of extraordinary
magnitude, and tremendous tidal waves hundreds of feet
(The potential connections
to legends of Earth-destroying floods, scientific
evidence of extreme water levels in mountains, and
legends of ancient cataclysmic destruction of supposedly
advanced technological oceanic cultures is obvious).
"’Use of huge scalar electromagnetic weapons" (including
US devices which interfere with God-given protective Van
Allen and other external magnetic belts) "is a
double-edged sword. Unless carefully employed, use of
the weapons could cause a terrible backlash to the user"
(as the Soviets discovered when the main power source
for the Gomel Woodpecker transmitter at Chernobyl
exploded in 1986), "as well as the victim, and even
cause the destruction of Earth itself.
"’With scalar electromagnetic weapons, the consequence
of a relatively simple electronic failure can be
catastrophic; not only for the local nation but for the
Earth as a whole.
If an electrogravitational
pulse discharge happens to tickle the Sun's and Moon's
[natural scalar electromagnetic] feedback loops the
wrong way, you'll get convulsions on the Earth, and a
violent increase in the interior heat of the Earth's
molten core, with a concomitant eruption of that core
right up through the Earth's mantle.’
(END of excerpt)
"Now, I believe the following
predictions/insights from Conversations with Nostradamus (CWN)
are very relevant to the EM technology that was discussed above
(HAARP, ELF, etc.).
Although I'll present the associated
quatrains, please remember that the connection between the
quatrains and the "interpretations"/predictions is not
The focus is here is more on the
predictions themselves that were received through various
subjects under hypnosis by D.Cannon:
Ce que vivra & n'ayant
Viendra leser a` mort son artifice:
Austun, Chalan, Langres & les deux Sens,
La gresle & glace fera grand malefice.
A thing existing without any senses
will cause its own end to happen through artifice.
At Autun, Chalan, Langres and the two Sens
there will be great damage from hail and ice.
"1) Some devices to moderate
the weather "will accidentally cause the
weather to misfunction so as to cause a great deal of
through unseasonal ice and hail."
2) "If one tries to force the weather to do one thing
for too long that
the natural pattern will finally overcome the
perhaps cause some unseasonal weather in the process of
get things back in balance again."
Tout aupres d'Aux, de
Lestoure & Mirande,
Grand feu du ciel en trois nuicts tumbera:
Cause adviendra bien stupende & mirande,
Bien peu aupres la terre tremblera.
Very near Auch, Lectoure and Mirande
a great fire will fall from the sky for three nights.
The cause will appear both stupefying and marvellous;
shortly afterwards there will be an Earthquake.
(CWN vol.I p.243-4)
1) Scientists would be
researching into the powers of the various
energy fields of the Earth.
2) When they finally started doing direct
experimentation, "they will
accidentally rupture one of the Earth's fields in such a
way that a
beam of energy will shoot out into space and draw a
meteorites toward Earth. This will happen around the
3) This rupture in the energy field "throws everything
out of balance."
4) "In the process of trying to repair the damage there
Earthquake soon after when the stress has built up."
5) This incident will appear as a natural phenomenon and
that's how it
will be recorded.
"I get the feeling that the two
predictions above (I-22 & I-46) both refer to the same
incident, especially because both indicated that the climax
of this would be during the "repair" operation. One of
HAARP's rumored objectives is to "lift" the already unstable
ionosphere.... if this is the case, we don't have much time
left before the prediction is fulfilled. It is also
significant that Key Point #2 of I-46 above states that
"this will happen around the North Sea." This agrees with
the location of HAARP (Alaska) or perhaps other similar
projects in Russia.
"In CWN Analysis-1, there were many references to the coming
weather changes. Here is an excerpt from the "Event List":
‘(Around 1997, when a comet
is in the sky...)
‘D) Major geological upheavals (world-wide drought,
‘1) Some kind of atomic (electromagnetic?) device will
planetary climate, and will hurt people's eyes.
a) World weather changes will cause hailstorms to
destroy agriculture of the U.S., Russia, Central
America, and Australia.
‘2) Something big (like an Earthquake, assassination, or
nuclear disaster, etc.) will happen in April ('96-'98)
‘3) Drought / weather changes will occur in relation to
Earth changes around 1998 (implied).
a) There will be warnings before this drought takes
place, but will be ignored.
b) The world-wide drought will start in Italy ‘
(end of excerpt)
"One of the
quatrains/interpretations that brought up the
weather-changes event in association with the appearance of
a comet (Hale-Bopp) was X-70 in CWN Analysis-1. The key
points of the prediction were:
Lœil par obiect fera
Tant & ardente que tombera la neige,
Champ arrousé viendra en decroissance,
Que le primat succombera à Rege.
Through an object the eye will swell very much,
Burning so much that the snow will fall:
The fields watered will come to shrink,
As the primate succumbs at Reggio.
"Key Points from X-70 (vol.I
1) Some kind of atomic
(electromagnetic?) device will affect
the planetary climate, and will hurt people's eyes.
2) The climate out of balance will then affect
3) This will take place when the (next) pope dies at
"Does this refer to both the
nuclear explosions AND the experiments like HAARP? The
answer becomes clearer when you read the following
prediction: (CWN vol.I p.195)
La terre & lair geleront
si grand eau,
Lors qu'on viendra pour Ieudy venerer:
Ce qui sera iamais ne fut si beau,
Des quatre parts le viendront honorer.
The Earth and air will freeze so much water,
When they will come to venerate Thursday:
That which will be never was it so fair,
From the four parts they will come to honor it.
1) The "atomic device" which
was mentioned in X-70 (analyzed in
CWN Analysis-1) "will throw everything out of kilter."
2) The Earth and air freezing is another effect of the
3) "All manners of solutions will be tried to counteract
but they will not be successful, in spite of the fair
words of the
governments to their peoples to try to keep them from
"Key Point #1 above connects X-71 with X-71 (i.e. same
incident). And #2 and #3 coincide with I-22 and I-46:
"Therefore, it seems like the
weather changes mentioned in CWN Analysis-1 (X-70) is the
same weather changes caused by HAARP/energy field
experiment/weather control device (I-22 & I-46).
In other words:
X-70, X-71, I-22, I-46, and
II-48 all of which I presented in this section are all
You may find yourself in a struggle
between pattern-recognition, and skeptical rejection of Nostradamus
This struggle is understandable. These
four Nostradamus quatrains seem to the surface eye to be so
ambiguous; capable of any interpretation the bias of a particular
reader might want to project.
Remember, however, that the quatrains are not random poetry, written
from the literary imagination of an aging, psychic genius. They are
the coded reports of real-time visions, in which Nostradamus
accessed events in the future. There is a content to them, beyond
the literary - they are a report of time-travel.
Nostradamus specialty - his focus as a
psychic - was large scale geopolitical and Earth changes events.
Nostradamus focuses on the cusp of the millennium as an era of
mega-changes. It is not at all surprising that he would have
witnessed environmental warfare during his time-travels, and
reported it back to us in these four quatrains.
Researcher Goro Adachi’s analysis concludes that environmental
warfare may well be the cause for the Earth-changes visions
Nostradamus was admitted to.
"So, in summary, it seems to be the
combination of nuclear testing and the powerful EM
[electromagnetic pulse] devices that would affect the weather
and throw everything out of balance. It's amazing how these
predictions/quatrains are interconnected in many different
A contemporary psychic channeler -
described as "the best since Edgar Cayce" - derives his psychic
Earth changes predictions through channeled visions.
Michael Scallion’s Earth
predictions exhibit a high
degree of accuracy in predicting earthquakes apparently caused by
alignments of the Earth with other planets, such as Jupiter.
channeled visions in July 1994
predicted deep earthquakes of 100 miles or more along the
Circum-Pacific rim, during a period from 24 hours from the impact of
comet Shoemaker-Levy 9 through the end of 1995. The comet impacted
Jupiter from July 16-22, 1994. Scallion lists nine deep earthquakes
during that period following the comet’s impact that he attributes
to predicted planetary alignments with the Earth.
Scallion’s visions predict a period of
major Earth changes during a period culminating in 2012.
Scallion’s visions and his discussions with his channeled guides
describe an interactive, dynamic model of the Earth’s natural
systems. A shift in the Earth’s plasma core in turn is creating
shifts in the Earth magnetic field, shifts in the Earth’s weather,
and an increase in weather disturbances. These Earth-surface shifts
in seismicity and weather are exacerbated by solar flares.
Interestingly, Scallion has reported that his channeled guides have
warned him about the triggering effects that environmental warfare
might have on these Earth change and weather processes. Using
environmental warfare may well accelerate the Earth changes.
Scallion has noted publicly that
environmental warfare devices may now have advance to the point
where they are space-based, and more lethal than the Earth-based
antenna systems like HAARP.
Scallion’s channeled guides urged that
environmental weapons must be stopped, and mankind turn toward a
more spiritual approach.
That planetary alignments may set the conditions for Earth changes
is a theme of the Edgar Cayce and Nostradamus visions as well. In
this model, it may be that environmental warfare may well accelerate
or trigger Earth changes made more probable by the forces of
As you may recall, Edgar Cayce addressed the issue of whether
planetary forces influence Earth changes in a trance reading in
QUESTION: What is the cause of
ANSWER: The causes of these, of course, are the movements about
the Earth; that is internally - and the cosmic activity or
influence of other planetary forces and stars and their
relationships produce or bring about the activities of the
elemental of the Earth; that is the Earth, the air, the fire,
the water - and those combinations that make for the
replacements in the various activities….
This Cayce reading addresses the
possible planetary and celestial causes of earthquakes, although his
readings themselves do not tie predicted Earth changes to planetary
or celestial forces.
Let’s look again at the Nostradamus quatrain (Quatrain 9-83) we
first analyzed for information about environmental warfare.
The quatrain explicitly cites planetary
configuration as a condition of Earth changes.
Sol vingt de Taurus si fort
Le grand theatre remply ruinera,
L'air, ciel & terre obscurcir & troubler,
Lors l'infidele Dieu & saincts voguera.
Sun twentieth of Taurus the Earth will tremble very mightily,
It will ruin the great theater filled:
To darken and trouble air, sky and land,
Then the infidel will call upon God and saints.
Nostradamus’ quatrain seems to have a
At one level, Nostradamus suggests that
the specific alignment of the sun and planets within the
constellation of Taurus may be one of the operative factors causing
Earth changes. By standard interpretation, the quatrain suggests
that Earth changes may be caused, perhaps, by the combined effects
of planetary configuration and environmental warfare.
However, the quatrain also appears to give a specific date for the
Earth change - May 5, 2000. In the quatrain, Nostradamus reports a
time-travel vision of a possible specific window in time for these
Earth events - when the sun is in 20 degrees Taurus.
It may be that the Nostradamus vision is correct about Earth changes
events, and displaced in the precise timing of the event. Down deep,
Nostradamus’ psychic information contains a vision about an era of
Earth changes. It is plausible under modern Earth sciences that
Earth changes could be caused by planetary configurations.
Conversely, the specific dates predicted by Nostradamus’ psychic
information might themselves be displaced in time.
Psychic predictions as to specific dates
diverge widely, as many psychically derived predictions of Earth
events have been shown to be.
Such might be the case with Nostradamus’ quatrain [Century IX-83]
containing a prediction as to timing - "Sun twentieth of Taurus."
The standard astronomical-astrological interpretation of this
quatrain is that the predicted Earth changes might occur during a
window during May 1-10, in the year 2000, when our sun is in
twenties degree of the constellation Taurus.
One prophecy observer notes that the
Earth’s moon, the planets Mercury, Venus, our Sun, Mars, Jupiter and
Saturn will be aligned with the Earth on May 5, 2000.
Another Earth-changes interpreter speculates that the planetary
alignment highlighted in this Nostradamus quatrain might
significantly increase the centrifugal momentum exerted on the
Earth's crust. This momentum could send gigantic quantities of polar
ice and water sweeping over the surface of the Earth, fulfilling
Nostradamus prophecy of Earth changes on or about May 5, 2000.
I want to stress that Nostradamus quatrains also place great
earthquake and land masses shifts for Mercury in Sagittarius, Saturn
fading, a position occurring next on November 25, 2015; then on
November 23, 2016; and again on December 7, 2044. Hence, an
interpretation that "Sun twentieth of Taurus" means May 5, 2000, is
not at all a certain one. That specific timing may be displaced in
psychic space, and hence inaccurate.
So also, the scientific evidence from a recent planetary alignment
in the 1980s casts some doubt as to whether the imbalances in the
Earth’s momentum in the year 2000 will result in such a cataclysm.
Two US physicists, John Gribben and
Stephen Plagemann, in the mid-1970s argued that the great California
Earthquake might be triggered by the alignment of the sun and the
planets Jupiter, Saturn, Neptune and Uranus in 1982. No great
earthquake was produced by the planetary alignment. Earth sciences
are at its infancy regarding the mechanisms by which planetary and
galactic alignments might influence Earth events.
Let us turn now to the prophetic theme of cycles.
A consistent theme
of prophetic traditions - such as that of the Mayan civilization -
is Earth exists within a dynamic of interacting cycles around which
the cosmos is structured. Our Earth may now be entering the
end-stage of large scale cosmic cycles, both astronomical and
spiritual in content. These prophetic themes hold that the end-stage
may bring large scale Earth changes, as well as an evolutionary
transformation of the human experience.
One mechanism for triggering prophesized Earth changes may be the
effects of celestial and planetary configuration of this end-cycle.
Environmental warfare may be a trigger for accelerating the
end-cycle Earth changes.
The Mayan Calendar provides insight as to end-cycle Earth changes
that may be caused by solar and galactic alignments. Under the Mayan
calendar, a significant celestial alignment is scheduled to occur on
December 21, 2012. This date marks the end of one great cycle of the
Mayan Calendar, and the beginning of another.
The day is delineated
in the Mayan calendar as 220.127.116.11.0 KIEJEB' AJPUU.
Scholar John Major Jenkins describes the complex galactic
alignments that will take place of that day.
"The ancient Maya apparently
understood that the future alignment Would have apocalyptic
effects, and designed their World Age mythology to remind us of
something essential. Myth, legend, or ancient message, whatever
it is, clearly, it means we must all remember where we come
from, where everything comes from: Mother…."
"End of the Mayan Great Cycle: December 21st, 2012 A.D.
"Scholars today are recognizing that Mayan mythology is
intimately related to the celestial movements of stars, the
Milky Way and certain constellations. The sources of Mayan
mythology are found in the sky, and the timetable of Creation
Day is pinpointed by the end date of the Mayan Great Cycle. My
research into the nature of this date reveals that a rare
celestial alignment culminates on it.
"Generally speaking, what occurs is an alignment between the
galactic and solar planes. Specifically, the winter solstice sun
will conjunct the Milky Way, which is the edge of our spinning
galaxy as viewed from Earth. Furthermore, the place where the
sun meets the Milky Way is where the "dark-rift" in the Milky
Way is - a black ridge along the Milky Way caused by
interstellar dust clouds. This is a feature of the Milky Way
anyone can see on a clear midsummer's night, away from the light
pollution of industrial society.
At dawn on the winter solstice of AD
2012, the sun will be right in this dark-rift, and the
orientation is such that the Milky Way rims the horizon at all
points around. Thus, the Milky Way "sits" on the Earth, touching
it at all points around, opening up the cosmic sky portal. The
galactic and solar planes are thus aligned.
"Sky portal" is just a term to
describe the "opened sky" scenario apparent when the Milky Way
rims the horizon. This is not to be confused with the
The end of a great Mayan calendar cycle
December 22, 2012 - may usher an age of massive Earth
changes, brought on by vast solar electromagnetic disturbance, in
reaction to cyclical galactic electromagnetic beam-waves.
This date is, by Mayan calculations, the
end of a Long Count cycle of 1,344,560 days, as well as a
26,000-year cosmic cycle for the Earth. Earth changes may occur at
the regular intervals along this Mayan cycle.
Some perspectives on the end of this great Mayan calendar cycle hold
that the accompanying planetary alignment will bring an expansion of
human consciousness, and of what it means to be human. The Mayan
calendar suggests here may be many alternative futures available to
us. Conceivably, an expansion an expansion of consciousness
occurring at the end of the Mayan great cycle could help forestall
cataclysm and usher in a peaceful future.
Conversely, the Earth changes of the
Mayan great cycle shift may be needed transform an eco-cidal
human culture by shattering it.
"Whether we call it Mayan or
millennial, we are living today in the shadows of a rare
celestial juncture which parallels the increasing interest in
"New World Orders", "post-historic" thinking, and a major shift
in world economic structure and what it means to be human. The
Mayan myth seems to remind us that all life springs from the
The transformation of cosmic
recreation is already occurring. Perhaps we should look closely
at this celestial alignment, imagine its meanings, and determine
what this transformational shift means for future humanity.
For the ancient Maya, on the
far-future Creation Day which for us arrives soon, First Mother
and First Father join forces to engender a new World Age."
Earth Changes - A Spiritual Approach
My first temptation is to launch into a
political analysis of the public measures necessary to finally
defeat the use of environmental warfare on our planet.
The underlying actors and disciplines in
the possible planetary debacle of environmental warfare are, after
all, quite secular. They consist of military and para-military
organizations, military-industrial complexes, geo-political
interests, all gaming for perceived dominance on the chessboard of
Earth, with environmental warfare as a cutting-edge weapon.
In some cases, political mobilization of an aroused body politic has
been effective in stopping a particularly offensive anti-population
weapons system. In the 1980s, nuclear cruise missiles stationed in
Western Europe were removed largely because of an aroused European
populace, catalyzed into action by the European peace movement. So
why not rely on stopping environmental warfare with a secular,
public interest political campaign?
These are not usual times for a politics-as-usual approach to
halting environmental warfare. If ancient prophecies are true, the
Earth is now approaching the culmination of a great cosmic cycle,
perhaps 26,000 years in length. Earth is returning to a center point
within our galaxy, the Milky Way. The significance of that return is
The heightened spiritual awareness of
Spirit and of the natural order that this returning end-cycle is
said to engender may be a primary force in bring planet Earth and
our community of human Souls back into natural balance.
A vast and deep shift in our collective, human center-of-being may
be coming into play during the first decades of the twenty-first
century. This shift in consciousness, in turn, may mean that the
modalities for conflict resolution - in a word, war - which the
human community found acceptable in the twentieth century, will no
longer be acceptable as the end-cycle shifts in human consciousness
The collective human mind, which found
itself, willingly or unwittingly, manipulated into the twentieth
century’s great wars - World Wars I and II, and the regional wars -
may no longer allow war into its mid-space.
Before we venture into developing public interest action plans
against environmental warfare, we need explore - and internalize -
the deeper cosmic forces of the end-cycle we are entering on Earth.
The ancient traditions of First Nation indigenous peoples tell us
our Earth is primarily an arena of the Spirit. First Nation
civilizations see our Earth as humankind’s heritage and their roles
as guardians of the Earth. We have turned to "Western" prophets -
Edgar Cayce, Michel de Notredame - for visionary guidance on Earth
changes and environmental warfare, that perversion of human
Now we turn to First Nation prophecies,
seeking guidance to bring Homo sapiens back into balance with the
processes of our Mother planet, Gaia - the Earth.
The end-cycle prophecies of
the Inca and the Maya - two
legendary First Nation civilizations - contain guidance and epochal
insight into shifts in consciousness and the natural order that we
may anticipate for our epoch.
I confess a personal resonance and history with the Inca and the
Maya. I often have wondered why I spent deep travel time in the
1960s, exploring and lingering amid the fabled ruins of the Inca and
the Maya civilizations. I climbed the Mayan ruins and pyramids at
Chichen-Itza and Uxmal; learned some rudimentary Mayan, wrote an
article on the Mayans that at least one pastor in the United States
read from the pulpit in his church.
All the while my peers were backpacking
through Europe on the mainstream culture trail, I kept returning
back into the realm of the Maya, seeking a signal, an understanding.
Later in the Sixties, traveling as a Fulbright Scholar, I underwent
a powerful peak experience along the Inca trail in Peru. More as a
pilgrim than a scholar, I wandered alone along the Inca path,
linking ruins high above the Urubamba River. Caught in an ineffable
transport of consciousness, I camped out for days in the ruins of
the hidden sacred enclave,
Machu Picchu (this was long before
the Inca site became a regulated eco-tourist destination).
I reveled in the annual religious
festivals at Cuzco, the ancient Inca capital city. I journeyed the
purple plains of the Altiplano of Bolivia and Peru, the high plateau
of ancient Inca civilization.
In the intervening decades, I reflected on these experiences, so
profound a part of my early adulthood, and wondered why they were
part of my life design.
The answers I received have been
predictable. I was culturally drawn to the area because of my Latino
heritage. I was acting out a culmination of past-life experiences.
My sojourns in the ruins of Maya and Inca civilizations activated
reincarnation memories, and I sought completion in my journeys in my
Now, in the light of Earth’s end-cycle and the changes that it may
bring, I see a new layer of significance to my Inca and Mayan
This new layer is less focused on my
personal process; more attuned to the cosmic messages that the Inca
and Maya may have left us, embedded in time. I feel more confident
in bringing you the Maya and the Inca insights because of my
experiences with the Inca and the Maya.
I have an intuition that, during my peak experiences in the Sixties,
I may have been admitted to some thought-dimension contained Inca
and Maya prophecies. What I share with you now, are not only the
workings of my intellect, but deep, wordless insights I acquired
decades ago. There are other First Nation traditions of Earth
changes prophecy. I am drawn to the Inca and the Maya, and my
insights about their prophetic traditions are what I am meant to
communicate to you.
Tawantisuyu ("land of the four quarters") held the broad reach of
the Inca realm of six million souls, stretching along South
America’s Andean Mountains, highlands and coast. As a formal empire,
Tawantisuyu was short-lived, lasting about a century, starting at
about 1438 AD, when Inca Pachacuti began the military annexation of
regions surrounding the Inca heartland of Cuzco. The vicious and
duplicitous assassination of Inca Atahuallpa by Francisco Pizarro on
July 26, 1533 triggered an internal collapse of the formal state
structures of Tawantisuyu.
The Inca had no formal written language, and their largely oral
traditions impacts our access to their prophecies. Formal records
and measurements were kept in quipus.
Inca communications relied on systems of
quipu messengers who traverse 32,000 miles of roads and paved
"A quipu is an assemblage of colored
knotted cotton cords... The colors of the cords, the way the
cords are connected together, the relative placement of the
cords, the spaces between the cords, the types of knots on the
individual cords, and the relative placement of the knots are
all part of the logical-numerical recording."
With the tools of quipu and frequent
quipu messengering as communication tools, the Inca built and
administered a state structure and economy in a geographical area
roughly the size of the United States of America.
"The Incas can be characterized as
methodical, highly organized, concerned with detail, and
intensive data users. The Inca bureaucracy continuously
monitored the areas under its control. They received many
messages and sent many instructions daily.
The messages included details of
resources such as items that were needed or available in
storehouses, taxes owed or collected census information, the
output of mines, or the composition of work forces.
The messages were transmitted
rapidly using the extensive road system via a simple, but
effective, system of runners... The message had to be clear,
compact, and portable. Quipu-makers were responsible for
encoding and decoding the information."
While these were the communication tools
of the Inca economy and state administration, the Inca spiritual and
prophetic tradition appears to have been largely oral.
Unlike the Western and other prophetic
tradition, there appears to be no single text, calendar, and
hieroglyph of standard reference for the Inca prophecies (There are
rumors of a prophetic Inca book that may appear in the Inca
In the place of text, there are the living
Q’ero Inca prophecies.
Researcher Brad Berg has documented the moving story of how the Inca
prophecies of Mosoq - the time to come - emerged into our
contemporary world with the Q’ero Inca shamans.
Following a 1949 earthquake in Peru,
there was exposed the Golden Temple hidden under a Christian church,
a prophetic sign of their re-emergence from intentional isolation
since the times of the assassination of the Inca Atahuallpa.
"Dr Alberto Villoldo described how
an Earthquake in 1949 underneath a monastery near Cuzco, Peru,
had rent the ground asunder, exposing an ancient Inca temple of
gold. This fulfilled a sign that the prophecies of Mosoq, the
"time to come", were now to be shared with the modern world. Dr
Villoldo, a psychologist and medicinal anthropologist, has lived
among and trained with the Q'ero shamans and has played a key
role in bringing their ritual and prophecy to the awareness of
the modern world."
[Reference: Brad Berg, Four Winds
Society, Share International, January/February 1997]
In isolation since the collapse of the
Inca civilization nearly 500 years ago, the Q’ero preserved their
sacred prophecy of great change - pachacuti - a virtually turning
inside out of human society, ending chaos, restoring the harmony and
balance that had been lost to our civilization.
"The Q'ero are the last of the Incas
- a tribe of 600 who sought refuge at altitudes above
14,000 feet in order to escape the conquering conquistadors. For
500 years the Q'ero elders have preserved a sacred prophecy of a
great change, or 'pachacuti', in which the world would be turned
right-side-up, harmony and order would be restored, and chaos
and disorder ended."
The Q’ero made their dramatic re-entry
into Andean culture at the annual Feast of the return of the
Pleiades in 1955. An assembly of 70,000, including shamans, welcomed
them with the words,
"We have been waiting for you for
"The Q'ero had lived in their villages high in the Andes in
virtual solitude from the world until their "discovery" in 1949.
In that year, Oscar Nunez del Prado, an anthropologist, was at a
festival in Paucartambo, in a valley on the eastern slopes of
the Andes in southern Peru, when he met two Indians speaking
fluent Quecha, the language of the Incas. The first Western
expedition to the Q'ero villages then occurred in 1955.
"Four years later, at the annual Feast of The Return of the
Pleiades taking place in the Andes, the gathering of 70,000
pilgrims from South America (many of them shamans) were awed and
the crowd parted to let the Q'ero, unannounced and wearing the
Incan emblem of the sun, make their way forward to the mountain
top to make known that the time of the prophecies was at hand.
They were welcomed by the assembly and told: "We've been waiting
for you for 500 years."
In fulfillment of their prophecies, the
Q’ero shamans in November, 1996, traveled to the Cathedral of St.
John the Divine in New York, and performed a ritual which had not
been performed in 500 years.
The 500th anniversary of the murder of
last Inca in 1533 will formally occur in 2033.
"…Q'ero elders journeyed to North
America in fulfillment of their prophecies. In November 1996, a
small group of Q'ero, including the tribal leader and the head
shaman, visited several cities in the US, including New York,
where they performed a private ceremony at the Cathedral of St
John the Divine.
The shamanic ritual had not been
performed for 500 years. But in the very home of those who
symbolized the former conquerors of their Incan ancestors they
shared their ritual and knowledge, not only with interested
Westerners who were learning their ways, but also with the Dean
of the great cathedral, thereby symbolically and spiritually
linking the two continents of North and South America.
The ancient Inca prophecy holds that our
era is the time of mastay - the reintegration of the peoples of the
Earth, guided by munay, love and compassion. A prophetic maxim,
"When the eagle of the North and the
condor of the South fly together again," evokes the cooperative
movement in rebuilding the Earth.
"According to ancient prophecy, this is the time of the great
gathering called the 'mastay', and reintegration of the peoples
of the four directions. The Q'ero are releasing their teachings
to the West, in preparation for the day the Eagle of the North
and the Condor of the South (the Americas) fly together again.
They believe that 'munay', love and compassion, will be the
guiding force of this great gathering of the peoples.
"The new caretakers of the Earth will come from the West, and
those that have made the greatest impact on Mother Earth now
have the moral responsibility to remake their relationship with
Her, after remaking themselves," said Don Antonio Morales, a
master Q'ero shaman. The prophecy holds that North America will
supply the physical strength, or body; Europe will supply the
mental aspect, or head; and the heart will be supplied by South
According to the Inca prophecies, the
Spanish conquest in 1533, nearly 500 years go, as the beginning of
the last pachacuti, or great change. Interestingly, pachacuti means
"cataclysm" or "destroyer" in the Incan tongue.
Now, the prophesized signs, including
the discovery of the Golden Temple, have indicated the next
pachacuti is beginning.
"When the Spanish conquered the
Incas 500 years ago, the last pachacuti, or great change,
occurred. The Q'ero have been waiting ever since for the next
pachacuti, when things that were turned upside down would be set
right and order would emerge out of chaos.
For the past five centuries they
preserved their sacred knowledge, and finally, in recent years,
the signs were fulfilled that the great time of change was at
hand: the high mountain lagoons have dried, the condor is nearly
extinct and the discovery of the Golden Temple has occurred,
following the Earthquake in 1949 which represented the wrath of
The Inca prophecies are life-oriented.
They refer to the end of time as the start of a new way of being and
relating to nature and the Earth.
They speak of Earth changes and deep
shifts within the human psyche, and human spirituality.
"The prophecies are optimistic. They
refer to the end of time, as we know it - the death
of a way of thinking and a way of being, the end of a way of
relating to nature and to the Earth. In the coming years, the
Incas expect us to emerge into a golden age, a golden millennium
of peace. The prophecies also speak of tumultuous changes
happening in the Earth, and in our psyche, redefining our
relationships and spirituality.
"Pachacuti also refers to a great
Incan leader who lived in the late 1300s. He is said to have
built Machu Picchu, and was the architect of an empire the size
of the United States. For the Incas, Pachacuti is a spiritual
prototype - a Master, a luminous one who stepped
outside of time. He was a messiah, but not in the Christian
sense of the only Son of God, beyond the reach of humanity.
Rather he is viewed as a symbol and promise of whom we all might
become. He embodies the essence of the prophecies of the
pachacuti, as Pacha means 'Earth', or 'time', and
cuti means "to set things right."
His name also means "transformer of
"The prophecies of the pachacuti are known throughout the Andes.
There are those who believe the prophecies refer to the return
of the leader Pachacuti to defeat those who took the Incas'
land. But according to Dr Villoldi, the return of Pachacuti is
taking place on the collective level. "It's not the return of a
single individual who embodies what we're becoming, but a
process of emergence available to all peoples."
The Q’ero have described how their
prophetic knowledge is transmitted through the Star Rites, or
Mosoq Karpay, which connect into the collective ancient energies
of their tribal mission.
No single individual can access these
energies and prophetic knowledge, but only a collectivity.
"The Q'ero have served as the
caretakers of the rites and prophecies of their Inca ancestors.
The prophecies are of no use unless one has the keys, the rites
of passage. The Star Rites, or, 'Mosoq Karpay' (The Rites of the
Time To Come), are crucial to the practical growth described in
Following the 'despachos'
(ritualistic offerings of mesa, or medicine bundles) at the
recent ceremony in New York City, and after a medicine cleansing
by the wives of the shamans, the shamans administered the Mosoq
Karpay to the individuals present, transmitting the energies
originating with the ancestors of their lineage.
"The transmission of the Mosoq Karpay is the ceremony
representing the end of one's relationship to time. It is a
process of the heart. This process of Becoming is considered
more important than the prophecies themselves. The Karpay
(rites) plant the seed of knowledge, the seed of Pachacuti, in
the luminous body of the recipient. It is up to each person to
water and tend the seed so that it can grow and blossom. The
rites are a transmission of potential; one must then make
oneself available to destiny.
"The Karpays connect the person to an ancient lineage of
knowledge and power that cannot be accessed by the individual
- it can only be summoned by a tribe. Ultimately, this
power can provide the impetus for one to leap into the body of
an Inca, a Luminous One. (In this sense, the Inca referred to is
the Self-realized man).
That person is connected directly to
the stars, the Incan Sun of cosmology."
The Inca prophecies are themselves a
gateway for self-transformation.
And that transformation of self is
an integral part of the establishment of the next pachacuti or era
"According to Dr Villoldo, the Incas
believe that we must die to the old models of spirituality and
go through the rites of self-renewal, becoming midwives of a new
kind of thinking.
"These pathways, paths of the shaman, the individual who walks
with beauty and grace in the world, are available to all of us
today. We need to de-mystify them and learn to honor and respect
our Mother, the Earth, and our Father, the sun, and the heavens
- and to learn from everything and everyone around us, and
to seize those instances of power so that we may take a quantum
leap into who we are becoming, all of us together.
"The Q'ero believe that the doorways
between the worlds are opening again - holes in time
that we can step through and beyond, where we can explore our
human capabilities. Regaining our luminous nature is a
possibility today for all who dare to take the leap."
The Andean shamans have no Christ
or Buddha to follow.
Rather, they say:
"Follow your own footsteps. Learn
from the rivers, the trees and the rocks. Honor the Christ, the
Buddha, your brothers and sisters. Honor the Earth Mother and
the Great Spirit. Honor yourself and all of creation."
"Look with the eyes of your soul and engage the essential" is
the teaching of the Q'ero."
According to the Q’ero, the next
pachacuti has already begun, and will in the end deconstruct the
soul-eating paradigm of Western civilization.
"The next pachacuti, or great
change, has already begun and it promises the emergence of a new
human after this period of turmoil….The paradigm of European
civilization will continue to collapse and the way of the Earth
people will return."
Let us assume that the Q’ero shamans are
in fact the historical guardians and messengers of the ancient Inca
prophecies. We know that the Inca’s had no formal written language,
and there are good reasons to believe the Q’ero’s spiritual
The Q’ero traditions speaks of Earth upheavals as the transition
from one pachacuti to the next occurs. But Earth upheavals are not
central to the prophecies. Spiritual transformation on Earth is the
core of this prophetic transmission.
What the Inca prophecies say is that
Earth changes and social upheaval may accompany the pachacuti, but
the central reality will the be inauguration of a new spiritual
knowledge and understanding among human kind, a new way of relating
to the Earth, to their fellows, and to the cosmos.
What might be the mechanisms by which this new cosmic understanding
of the new pachacuti will be facilitated? Well, let’s explore a few
hints the Q’ero give us.
The Q’ero elders speak of "a tear in the
fabric of time itself," permitting us to see what we are becoming.
"Even more importantly, the shamanic
elders speak about a tear in the fabric of time itself. This
presents an opportunity for us to describe ourselves not as who
we have been in the past, both personally and collectively, but
as who we are becoming."
Years ago - in 1977 - I had the
opportunity to seek the advice of
Jacques Vallee, a scientist and
thinker on the issue of the intelligence behind the UFO phenomenon.
At the time I was a futurist at Stanford
Research Institute (SRI), and I was developing a proposal for the
Carter White House and the U.S. National Science Foundation to
re-open the government investigation of
the UFO phenomenon, then closed by
Project Blue Book.
In the course of a conversation over lunch at SRI, it became
apparent to me that our views of UFO intelligence shared a great
deal in common. Jacques views were in print, and my own book on UFO
the nature of UFO intelligence had not been published. The essence
of my view was the intelligence behind UFOs was dimensional, not
necessarily extraterrestrial in a "spaceman" formulation".
UFOs were more in the nature of
four-dimensional psychological dream-like phenomena, which served as
peripheral cues. The intelligence behind UFOs was psychologically
reinforcing human kind to the existence of a higher intelligent
"Very good," I remember Jacques saying when I summarized these
After reading the Q’ero prophecies, it occurred to me to return to
Jacque Vallee’s insights into the nature of UFO intelligence. My
purpose is to see if the Q’ero reference to "a tear in the fabric of
time itself" was somehow a reference to UFO intelligence as a
dimensional phenomenon, conditioning mankind into a more evolved
mode of being. If in fact, the Q’ero prophecies give us some
well-founded insight into the nature and function of UFO
intelligence, that insight may in itself permit an acceleration of
the pachacuti process of spiritual transformation here on Earth.
So is this Vallee version of UFO intelligence consistent with the
doorway in the fabric in time the Q’ero prophecies speak of?
"The UFO Phenomenon exists. It has
been with us throughout history. It is physical in nature and it
remains unexplained in terms of contemporary science. It
represents a level of consciousness that we have not yet
recognized, and which is able to manipulate dimensions beyond
time and space as we understand them."
Compare this representation of UFO
intelligence - manipulation of time and space - unrecognized level
of consciousness - been with us throughout history - with the
characteristics described by Q’ero shamans.
"a tear in the fabric of time
itself. This presents an opportunity for us to describe
ourselves not as who we have been in the past, both personally
and collectively, but as who we are becoming."
Both Vallee and the Q’ero shamans seem
to me to be describing a similar phenomenon, which can manipulate
time and space, travel the lines of ordinary history, and intervene
in our present time as a kind of consciousness mirror,
psychologically and spiritually conditioning and cueing humankind.
Vallee further amplifies the evidence that the UFO intelligence may
be intervening on a psychological reinforcement schedule.
Vallee: A new computer analysis of
historical trends, compiled in the 1970s, led me to plot a
striking graph of "waves" of UFO activity that was anything but
periodic. Fred Beckman and Dr. Price Williams of UCLA pointed
out that it resembled a schedule of reinforcement typical of a
learning or training process: the phenomenon was more akin to a
control system than to an exploratory task force of alien
There are many control systems
around us, and some are a part of nature: ecology, climate, etc.
Some are man-made: the process of education, the thermostat in
your home. If the UFO phenomenon represents a control system,
can we test it to determine if it is natural or artificial, open
or closed? This is one of the interesting questions about the
phenomenon that has never been
Vallee states other aspects of the view
that the intelligence behind UFOs may be dimensional, a
psychological and spiritual conditioning mechanism for humankind.
His words are, again, consistent with
the pachacuti phenomenon prophesied by the Q’ero shamans.
"Vallee: You can get a consistent
representation of reality if you look at the world as a
collection of events, or 'instances' (as the philosophy of
Occasionalism did in the eleventh century), rather than as a
collection of material objects moving in 3-dimensional space as
virtual reality, of course, you can't tell the
In the real world information and
energy are actually the same physical quantity. In a universe
viewed as 'informational events' you should expect coincidences,
telepathy, time travel, multiple realities - all those things
that seem impossible in the 4-D energy universe. To me that's
why puzzles like UFOs are interesting. I don't have a personal
theory to "explain" them, but I see them as an opportunity to
pose new questions.
If it's true that information
resides in the questions we ask, coming up with novel problems
may be more important than having answers, at this stage of our
very limited understanding of the universe."
Among Vallee’s insights, I found the
inevitable hedge, the view that the UFO phenomenon, is not the
product of a dimensional intelligent, but of electromagnetic energy.
An entire category of UFO flaps and
encounters can be explained as the interaction of electromagnetic
energy along earthquake faults. Close human encounters with UFOs can
be hypothetically explained as created by electromagnetic effects on
the neural systems of the UFO "contactees."
Some researchers have convincingly
analyzed UFO abductions as intentional disinformation experiences,
induced by MILAB (military abduction) technology.
"Vallee: There is a [UFO]
phenomenon. We don't know where it comes from. It's
characterized by its physical [traces]. Eighty percent of all
the cases have trivial explanations. But I'm talking about the
core phenomena. It seems to involve a lot of energy in a small
space; it seems to involve pulsed microwaves, among other
There isn't much that is known about
the effect of pulsed microwaves on the brain, so it's quite
possible that some of the stories that you get from people are
essentially induced hallucinations in sincere witnesses - the
witnesses are not lying. They really have been exposed to
something genuine but there is no way to go back to what that
thing was, based on their description, because their brain has
been affected by proximity to that energy.
"Having said that, I have plenty of colleagues in science and
technology I respect who tell me this could be a natural
phenomenon - this could be an undiscovered form of energy in the
atmosphere. We don't know much about the effect of
electromagnetic fields on the nervous system. We're going to be
discovering that as we go. So, it's quite possible that there
could be a phenomenon like that, a very spontaneous thing.
"Or it could be artificial. If it's artificial it could come
from another form of consciousness, which may or may not be
extraterrestrial. It's a big universe out there. Who are we to
say where it comes from?
We can only speculate on that
Much is speculation as to the nature of
the UFO phenomenon.
To me, the intelligence behind UFOs may
well the tear in the fabric of time referred to by the Q’ero Incas.
Indeed, could not a dimensional intelligence use the electromagnetic
energy of the Earth environment to create and guide the "upper
theater" or evolutionary levels of the UFO phenomenon?
The "lower theatres" of the UFO phenomenon could be the
disinformation of the bogus "UFO abductions," for example, where
military abduction technology (MILAB) use electromagnetic energy to
create devolutionary experiences for humankind. MILAB’s purpose may
be to confuse humanity, thus blocking the upward spiritual evolution
which the Q’ero Inca prophesies foresee.
The role of "upper theatre" of the UFO phenomenon, if guided by
dimensional intelligence, may be to accelerate humankind’s moral and
spiritual evolution. This view places the UFO phenomenon within the
conceptual framework outlined in the Q’ero Inca prophecies.
In the interests of full disclosure, I should note that a 1994
scientific article by Jacques Vallee debunking U.S. Navy experiments
in the early 1940s on stealth technology (the "Philadelphia"
experiment) was criticized in a June, 1998 article as an alleged
scientific hoax. However, I do not believe that case, which may have
been a scientific lapse involving a fraudulent witness, detracts
from the substance of Vallee’s insights into UFO intelligence.
also wrote about me in Messengers of Deception,
in the context of UFO cults and political power.
"The goal of the manipulation [about
UFOs], according to Parnov, is to frighten American citizens
into approving the growth of defense spending and to use "the
specter of flying saucers to fan the Cold War."
"In a press release dated March 29, 1976, futurologist Alfred
Webre and contactee Philip Liss predicted that the present world
political order would be transformed into an economically
integrated, largely capitalist society. Such phenomena as UFOs
were messages from higher intelligent beings signaling the
peaceful political transformation of Man, they said. (2)
"This history of the interaction between flying-saucer contact
and politics goes way back, to the early California contactees.
In those days many occult groups linked to power-hungry
organizations were extremely active. Right after World War II,
when a branch of Aleister Crowley's O.T.O. (3) flourished in Los
Angeles, two of the most ardent members were Jack W. Parsons, a
propulsion engineer, and L. Ron Hubbard, a science-fiction buff.
Jack Parsons met a Venusian in the
desert in 1946, and went on to be one of the founders of the Jet
Propulsion Laboratory and of the Aerojet Corporation.
I have dealt with the connections
between cult behavior, political power and higher intelligence in
Journey I: Recovery, and Vallee has never spoken to me directly
about his comments - even though we met in his capital venture
office, shortly after their publication.
If the Inca left us oral prophecy embodied in the Q’ero shamans, the
Maya left us the celestial precision of the prophecies embodied in
the Mayan calendar.
The Maya also left a paucity of written records because of the
destruction of Mayan writing by the Spanish conquest.
"The Mayan civilization was the
height of pre-Columbian culture. They made significant
discoveries in science, including the use of the zero in
mathematics. Their writing was the only in America capable of
expressing all types of thought. Glyphs, either representing
syllables or whole concepts, were written on long strips of
paper or carved and painted on stone.
They are arranged to be red from
left to right and top to bottom in pairs of columns….They wrote
detailed histories and used their calendar to predict the future
and astrological events. Fray Diego de Landa, second bishop of
the Yucatán ordered a mass destruction of Mayan books in 1562
and only three [or four] survived.
"An elaborate system of writing was developed to record the
transition of power through the generations. Maya writing was
composed of recorded inscriptions on stone and wood and used
within architecture. Folding tree books were made from fig tree
bark and placed in royal tombs.
Unfortunately, many of these
books did not survive the humidity of the tropics or the
invasion of the Spanish, who regarded the symbolic writing as
the work of the devil.
"Four books are known today:
The Madud Codex
The Paris Codex
The Grolier Codex"
One Mayan artifact to which we have
access is the
Mayan Calendar, which antedates the Mayan
civilization, and stretches out into a distant future.
The formal history of the Mayas encompasses their Classic Period
(300-900 AD) and their Post-Classic Period (1000-1500 AD).
"Most artistic and cultural
achievement came about during the Classic period 300 - 900 AD.
The Maya developed a complex, hierarchical society divided into
classes and professions. Centralized governments, headed by a
king, ruled territories with clearly defined boundaries. These
borders changed as the various states lost and gained control
Mayan centers flourished in Mexico,
Guatemala, Belize, Honduras, and El Salvador. The major cities
of the Classic period were Tikal (Guatemala), Palenque and
Yaxchilán (Chiapas, Mexico), Copán and Quirigua (Honduras). For
most of this period, the majority of the Maya population lived
in the central lowlands of Mexico and Belize.
The themes of the Post Classic 1000 -
1500 AD Post Classic period were growth and ruin.
"[At the beginning of the
Post-Classic period] the Maya migrated to the Yucatán peninsula.
There they developed their own character, although their
accomplishments and artwork are not considered as impressive as
the Classic Maya. Chichén Itzá (near Valladolid), Uxmal (near
Mérida) and Mayapán (west of Chichén Itzá) were the three most
important cities during the Post Classic period.
They lived in relative peace from
around 1000 - 1100 AD when Mayapán overthrew the confederation
and ruled for over 200 years. In 1441 the Maya who had
previously ruled Uxmal destroyed the city of Mayapán and founded
a new city at Mani. Wars were fought between rival Mayan groups
over the territory until the region was conquered by the
To understand the Mayan prophecies, we
must first delve into the Mayan Calendar. It contains the Maya’s
most sublime science, based on an advanced astronomical knowledge
such as knowledge of the precession of the equinoxes.
John Major Jenkins observes,
"As it says in the Popol Vuh: ‘by
sheer genius, by sheer acuity, they got it [the Mayan Calendar]
"Based upon these simple facts, ancient skywatchers in
Mesoamerica were apparently aware of a subtle celestial process,
the precession of the equinoxes. Knowledge of that process, and
the fact that a major alignment in that process culminates at
the end of their Great Cycle, strongly suggest a cosmological
understanding which modern yet to explore.
While today the conjunction is
hidden behind the rays of the solstice sun, to early skywatchers
the future convergence would have been the focus of intense
calendar calculations and eschatological myth-making. As it says
the Popol Vuh: "by sheer
genius, by sheer acuity, they got it done." People interested
today in the scope of ancient Mesoamerican knowledge Inescapably
must incorporate these recent findings into their thoughts.
In doing so, we can better
appreciate the profound scale of the cosmological understanding
possessed by ancient New World cultures, to which millions of
present-day Indians in Middle America are heir."
The differences between the Mayan
calendar and its Western counterparts are profound.
The Mayan calendar is multi-dimensional,
based not solely on the orbital travel of Earth around its Sun.
"The European calendar mandated by
Pope Gregory in 1583 is the only world calendar that did not
intercalate at least two celestial cycles. The Hebraic calendar
acquired by Enoch after he was translated in a beam of light
intercalated solar and lunar cycles in a fashion similar to the
The Dogon in Africa were given four calendars by visitors
from Sirius B: Solar, lunar, Venusian, and civil.
The Tibetan calendar is so similar
to the Mayan that traditional scholars now speculate that they
share a common origin. The Vedic calendar is based on cosmic
cycles, or Yugas. An ancient Hindu astrology used 27 houses of
13 degrees 20 minutes, which are key numbers in the Mayan
"In the 1950s, Euro-American
astronomers ran headlong into the stunning reality that Native
Americans were masters of a sophisticated astronomy previously
unrecognized. Since the New World was conquered, the Europeans
had believed that Native Americans were ignorant of astronomy.
In fact, the Native American concept was completely different
than the European and thus not recognized.
Where European astronomers tracked
large objects, such as the sun and moon, in direct courses, the
Native Americans tracked small objects relative to large
objects, a far more complex and accurate system. The two systems
perceived the heavens from such radically different view points,
that the Europeans did not recognize the Native American system
The Mayan calendar prophesies an era of
great shift in human consciousness and civilization, and calculates
the cycles of time within which these rebirths of consciousness will
As a general observation, Earth changes and disruptions
usher each rebirth in human consciousness.
"The ancient Maya noticed that the
winter solstice sun was slowly moving towards the Milky Way. Two
great markers in the sky were converging, presenting a rare
celestial juncture. Their calendar accurately tells us when this
will occur, and it meant more than the birth of a new solar
It meant the beginning of a new
Great Cycle of time, the resetting of the great celestial
star-clock of precession and, perhaps, an unprecedented shift in
the nature of human consciousness and civilization."
The Mayan calendar can be thought of as
Star Gate and mind map, a multi-leveled tool for
navigating life as a coordinate of time-space-energy channels that
open and develop with the mechanics of celestial movements.
"The Maya understood 17 different
Calendars based on the Cosmos. Some of these calendars go back
as far as ten million years and are so difficult that you would
need an astronomer, astrologer, geologist, and a mathematician
just to work out the calculations. Lucky for us we only need to
work with three of these calendars.
The calendars that are most
important to beings of Earth are the Haab, the Tun-Uc and the
Tzolk'in. The Tzolk'in is the most important and the one with
the most influence."
Celestial within cycles - cycles around
our Sun and around our galaxy form the basis of the Mayan calendars.
The calendars were a precision tool for
divination, based upon the architecture and movements of celestial
Tzolk'in is the Sacred calendar of the Maya and is
based on the cycles of the Pleiades. The cycle of the Pleiades
uses 26,000 years, but is reflected in the calendar we are using
by encompassing 260 days. It uses the sacred numbers 13 and 20.
The 13 represents the numbers and 20 represents the sun/glyphs.
The Tzolk'in has four smaller cycles
called seasons of 65 days each guarded by the four suns of
Chicchan, Oc, Men and Ahau. There are also Portal days within
the Tzolk'in that create a double helix pattern using 52 days
and the mathematics of 28. The traditional Maya is still using
this sacred calendar for divination all over the Yucatan,
Guatemala, and Belize, and Honduras.
Now what does the Mayan calendar say
about Earth changes in our era? Would it surprise you that the
answer is very similar to the Inca prophecies, only more precise?
According to the Mayan Calendar, the Mayan Long Count end-cycle
occurs on December 22, 2012.
The Long Count end-cycle also coincides
with the end of a larger 26,000-year galactic cycle of the Mayan
calendar. Mayan cosmology holds that cataclysmic Earth changes, as
well as endowment of human cosmic consciousness will accompany these
end-cycles. A possible mechanism for predicted Earth changes is the
vast distortions of the Sun’s magnetic field, brought on by density
waves emanating from the core of our galaxy (the galactic "Sun").
Human environmental weapons could
exacerbate these Earth changes.
Contemporary science holds that galactic
density waves may have been responsible for creating our Sun, but
lacks the sophisticated understanding the Mayans possessed about
galactic cycles. The Mayan calendar predicts that Earth and the
solar system will enter these galactic beam-waves around the 2012 AD
The Mayan calendar predicts that the
coming galactic density beam creates Earth changes, as well as a new
era of expanded cosmic consciousness on Earth. The age ushered in by
the Mayan end-cycle in 2012 AD may finally transform our war-like
and eco-cidal human culture into an enlightened civilization.
The train of discovery and insight responsible for decoding the
Mayan prophecies is a moving one.
"In 1880 a brilliant, German
scholar, who was working as a librarian in Dresden, turned his
attention to this codex. By a process of extraordinary detective
work he cracked the code of the Mayan calendar making it
possible for other scholars and explorers to translate the many
dated inscriptions to be found on buildings, stele and other
ancient Mayan artifacts.
He discovered that the
itself was concerned with astronomy providing detailed tables of
lunar eclipses and other phenomenon. These were so accurate that
they put our own calendar to shame. He also found evidence for a
curious magic number- 1,366,560 days, which could be factor[ed]
in a number of ways and which harmonized the cycles of Venus and
Mars with two yearly cycles also used by the Maya: the sacred
Tzolk’in of 260 days and the Haab of 365 days.
However, he also found that they had
another system of counting the days relative to a starting date,
called the Birth of Venus and now known to be 13 August 3114 BC.
This calendar was divided into months or uinals of twenty days,
years or tuns of 360 days and longer periods of 7200 days, the
katun and 144,000 days, the baktun.
The number 13 was magically
important to them and they believed that, starting from the
Birth of Venus, after 13 of these longest periods, or baktuns,
the world would come to an end. Working from their start date
this Mayan Prophecy points to a date in our own time, 22
Researchers Gilbert &
Cotterell have done us a great service in correlating and
deducing a possible mechanism by which cataclysmic Earth changes
could take place.
As the Mayan calendar predicts, Earth
changes may be triggered during a transition window around the
December 22, 2012.
That mechanism is electromagnetic energy, emitted by solar activity
in sunspot cycles, and their devastating effects on the Earth’s
magnetosphere - and consequently on the Earth’s weather, climate,
and seismicity - of the Earth. The electromagnetic effects of
sunspot cycles can actually cause a shift in the magnetic fields and
poles of the Earth, unleashing great earthquakes, climatic and
Think of sunspots as mammoth electromagnetic generators, aimed at
the Earth’s magnetosphere and magnetic field.
What Gilbert & Cotterell have postulated is that the cycles of the
Mayan calendar may be structured around the cycles of destructive
sunspot storms, and the destructive effects of the electromagnetic
energy they release on the magnetic field of the Earth. As certain
Mayan cycles end and new cycles begin, the Earth may suffer
cataclysm caused by the electromagnetic energy of storms on the
surface of the Sun.
Cotterell found evidence of a larger
sunspot cycle of 1,366,040 days, exactly two tuns smaller than the
Mayan Long Count of 1,366,560 days. Cotterell proposed that the
Mayan and the sunspot cycles are related.
"As expected his model predicted
that there should be a sunspot cycle of roughly eleven and a
half years, closely corresponding to what has been observed over
several centuries. However, he also found graphic evidence for
longer cycles including a period of 1,366,040 days. His work
took a new turn when he read about the Mayan super number from
the Dresden Codex: 1,366,560 days.
This was exactly two 260-day cycles
larger than his theoretical sunspot period. He therefore
proposed that the two were related. As his earlier work on what
he called Astrogenetics indicated that human fertility was
dependent on the presence of sunspots, he now had evidence that
the Mayan calendar was not arbitrary but was based on a
knowledge of the effects of sunspots.
This explained the near obsession
they had for long cycles of time and their belief in the rise
and fall of four previous ages of man."
If these correlations are at all
factual, the end of the 1,366,560 day mega-cycle Long Count may be
related to a 1,366,040 day sunspot cycle.
If the end of the Mayan Long count is in
fact high in sunspot activity, an indeterminate window around
December 22, 2012 may well be a period of cataclysmic Earth changes.
Cotterell describes the mechanism by which sunspot activity twists
the electromagnetic field of the Earth, ultimately triggering Earth
Solar radiation is also clearly the most important factor in
climatic changes…correlating radio carbon levels with solar
activity, the European climate, and the advance or retreat of alpine
glaciers…. When the sun is very active it generates a large number
of sunspots, and these in turn cause large numbers of charged
particles to be thrown into space.
This means that there are clouds
of charged particles between the sun and the Earth, and there is a
thickening of the Van Allen belts.
There is a direct mechanism between electromagnetic solar activity
and Earth changes.
The Maya calendar’s prediction of four
prior Earth changes and a fifth destruction in 2012 AD may correlate
directly with the five field shifts in the Sun’s magnetic field
during the Long Count, beginning on 14 August 3114 BC, and ending on
December 22, 2012.
"When the sun’s magnetic field
shifts direction, it tends to twist the Earth off its axis. The
tilting Earth is subjected to earthquakes, floods,
conflagrations, and volcanic eruptions.
"The sun’s magnetic field shifts five times every long cosmic
cycles. This would seem to be the reason that the Maya and
others believed that the Earth has been destroyed four times in
the past, and that destruction at the beginning of the 21st
century in this, the fifth age of the sun, will follow in the
Cotterell concludes that the end of the
Mayan Long Count may well be accompanied by a reversal of the
Earth’s magnetic field, caused by solar activity (sunspots). This
magnetic reversal of axis may tend to twist the Earth’s magnetic
field, inducing tilt in the Earth itself.
The outcome may be Earth changes on a
cataclysmic scale - mammoth tectonic events; earthquakes; ocean
flooding a tsunamis; volcanism.
"…the Mayan prophecy for the end of
the fifth Age concerns a reversal of the Earth’s magnetic field.
This and its associated cataclysm, he believes, will occur
around 2012 AD."
Cotterell correlates the Mayan calendar
cycles with the Edgar Cayce prediction that remains of
Atlantis would be found off Bimini,
Bahamas in 1968 or 1969.
As I did in 1974, Cotterell concludes
that the submerged temple or sea wall structures, discovered by the
1968-69 Dr. J. Manson Valentine expedition, represent an intentional
fulfillment of the Cayce prediction.
Now we can speculate with Cotterell on very the near-miraculous
source of the knowledge behind the Mayan calendar. The date the
Edgar Cayce precognitive information places on the cataclysm which
sank this Poseidia portion of Atlantis was 10,500 BC. Cotterell
argues, that following the cataclysm, the Poseidia-Atlantis
survivors made their way by sea from the Bimini area (Poseidia may
have been an island the size of Cuba), carrying their advanced
cosmological knowledge to the Yucatan - Palenque area, where their
culture transformed itself over the centuries into the Maya.
That Atlantis is possibly the original source for the cosmological
knowledge of the Mayan calendar may be supported by references in
the Popol Vuh and other sacred Maya
texts. If the line of reasoning suggested by the precognitive Cayce
information and the analysis of Mayan sacred texts is a correct one,
the advanced cosmology of the Maya calendar may be a direct legacy
from a pre-cataclysmic Atlantean civilization.
An Atlantean origin would go a long way toward explaining the
mystery of how the Mayan, who had relatively simple agricultural
technology, acquired such advanced astronomical and cosmological
technology as the calendar. The Mayan ruler and priestly castes
would have preserved and transmitted the calendar’s technology and
knowledge over the generations.
The Inca and the Maya prophecies appear to have yet another function
in common - providing a dimension of deep meaning for the
intelligence behind UFOs. Let’s revisit the statements of the Q’ero
shamans that our era a would see "A tear in the fabric of time
itself," allowing humanity to see what it was becoming.
This time-tear, we suggested, could refer to a dimensional opening
by the higher intelligence behind UFOs, using the UFO phenomenon to
subliminally cue and condition humanity to become the advanced
beings we can be in the future.
The Mayan cosmologist formerly know as
Jose Arguelles correlates a
July 11, 1991 UFO flap over Mexico with Sixth Sun prophecies made by
Mayan priests in 755 AD.
"Mayan cosmologist and scholar Jose
Arguelles reports a wave of confirmed UFO sightings over Mexico
starting on July 11, 1991, the date of the "Sixth Sun" total
solar eclipse predicted for that date in 755 AD by Mayan priests
using the calendar. The Mayan prediction was that an era
dominated by two life-altering events "cosmic awareness and
Earth changes" would commence with the Sixth Sun eclipse. The
1991 UFO flap drew international attention and rigorous analysis
by UFOlogist from a number of countries, including Japan.
"Equating an end-date for the Mayan calendar round with a date
in the European-based Gregorian system has been a heartbreaker
for astronomers. Since the European and Native American systems
are so different, the only truly accurate method of
synchronizing the two was to identify a significant astronomical
event, such as an eclipse, recorded on both calendars.
This has been impossible due to
differences in locations and calendars until July 11, 1991. ‘In
755 AD Maya Priests prophesied the total solar eclipse of July
11, 1991 would herald two life altering events for humankind:
cosmic awareness and Earth changes. Shortly after 1:00 P.M., on
July 11th, the prophecy began unfolding...’
"Beneath the eclipse of the century, that Mayas had labeled 'The
Sixth Sun',a silvery disc shaped object hovered silently above
the world's largest city. [Seventeen (17)] different people,
unknown to each other, in deferent locations of Mexico City,
videotaped the structured ship...Cosmic Awareness had begun.
"The wave of UFO activity continued in the skies over Mexico
and, due to the video camcorder, became the most documented mass
"For months, a team of international investigators from the
U.S., Mexico, and Japan followed the trail of the UFO sightings
through the volcano zone to Mount Popocateptl, the fourth
largest volcano in the world... Once dormant... Now
Richard G. Gall of Scotland’s
Skywatch International has published a report of the July 11, 1991
Mexico UFO sighting, reviewing the documentation and computer
analysis of video taped images of the UFO craft-shaped objects in
His report includes multiple images of
the UFO craft-like object, taken by different civilian observers and
a computer enhancement analysis of the images themselves.
"Millions of people in the huge
metropolis, Mexico City held their breath on the afternoon of 11
July 1991 as the moon eclipsed the sun, turning day into night
for over six minutes. But as stunning as this eclipse was, an
even more fantastic event occurred which managed to steal the
attention of the thousands of onlookers.
At exactly 1:22pm, a shiny metallic
object darted down from the skies and hovered silently to the
left of the eclipsing sun. It stayed suspended in the sky for a
full half-hour, long enough to be video-recorded by 17 different
people, all in separate locations throughout the city.
"Analysis of these tapes later confirmed that this was a
metallic craft, spinning on its own axis. (See Images).
"In the ensuing months, Mexico became gripped with what Jaime
Maussan - one of the country's most respected TV journalists and
host to the popular news program '60 Minutos', has described as
'UFO fever'. Maussan first became involved shortly after the
eclipse when he appeared on TV asking the public to send in any
videos they had taken of the UFO. The response was overwhelming,
and his office was inundated with spectacular footage of both
day and nighttime UFO activity filmed since the eclipse.
"Maussan, who previously had no real interest in UFOs, said, "I
am a journalist and, as such, I only wish to deal with the
facts. However, since I became involved with this, along with
the rest of Mexico, I have seen overwhelming evidence that
convinces me that my country is being visited regularly by a
huge number of extraterrestrial craft. The is no other
"Maussan had collaborated with the US husband and wife PI team
Lee and Brit Elders in producing three documentaries, 'The
Messengers of Destiny’ series, which have been widely praised by
the UFO community for presenting some of the finest UFO footage
ever seen by the public or researchers. For many UFOlogists, the
footage collated in the video series provides firm evidence that
whatever the objects are, they cannot be a product of any known
"For example, in one video sequence, a UFO can be seen gliding
through cloud. While sceptics argue that the object could be a
bird, or a plane (yeah right), or even a meteor (YEAH RIGHT),
computer analysis of the image clearly shows that it was a
solid, metallic structure shaped like a hockey puck. Computer
enhancement of the footage also allows researchers to magnify
the individual pixels from which the images are composed,
revealing details that would otherwise be invisible to the naked
"An analysis also revealed the presence of two other, smaller
craft below the main metallic structure - something not visible
on the video. (Images available).
"Computer enhancement has also high-lighted the incredible
manoeuvrability of the objects. For instance, in dozens of
videos, UFOs are initially recorded as a single circular object
that slowly splits into two distinct craft. In one remarkable
sequence, a UFO is seen to split into five distinct objects.
Other craft are seen accelerating at enormous speeds, moving at
impossible speed as they shoot from one part of the sky to
another. Analysis shows that the UFO blinks out of sight in a
single video frame - less than a 60th of a second!
"Despite this compelling video evidence, the Mexican government
has so far remained tight-lipped on the UFO issue. Maybe one of
the reasons why, is the concern expressed by airline pilots for
the safety of passengers flying into Mexico's airports. This was
dramatically illustrated by a series of worrying events that
began in the summer of 1994."
"On the evening of July 28, flight 129 was making its final
approach into Mexico City airport. The crew and 109 passengers
of the DC9 were all expecting a routine landing when suddenly
they were involved in a mid-air collision with an unknown
object. The pilot, who was a man named Raymond Cervantes Ruana,
was forced to take emergency measures and later stated "I've
never felt an impact so strong. When we checked the plane we
discovered that one of the shock absorbers had been ripped off."
"Ruana managed to land the aircraft safely and rushed to the
control tower. "They told me that as I was making my final turn
there were two UFOs on their screen. I probably crossed my path
with theirs. This is when I declared an emergency." Air traffic
controllers confirmed there were no other civilian or military
aircraft in the vicinity during the landing.
"Only a month later, another near catastrophe occurred when
Flight 304 from Acapulco was attempting to land. The captain
later stated "A big silver object came out of a cloud. It was
metallic and circular. We clearly saw the object. It passed
directly under the plane and we were forced to make a very
difficult maneuver to avoid a collision." On landing, the
furious pilots confronted the controllers and demanded why they
received no warning.
"According to Maussan, these and numerous other events involving
passenger aircraft had resulted in a major public outcry. Can
you imagine what would happen if there had been a head-on
collision with a passenger jet over densely populated Mexico
City? How would they explain an accident like this to the
general public? Probably the same as TWA Flight 800, cover up
"Maussan was requested by the Mexican Pilots Association to
present two lectures about the UFO wave to assembled pilots.
[He] knows how worried they are, they don't care if they are
UFOs or identified, they just want to avoid an accident…."
"The Mexican wave was provided many researchers with vast
amounts of solid evidence supporting the extraterrestrial
hypothesis. The aerial activity recorded on video goes way
beyond the fleeting glimpses of UFOs seen in many previous cases
and, as yet, denies any terrestrial explanation. Initial efforts
to explain the UFOs as the planet Venus or meteors have been
scientifically rejected, and sceptics have avoided investigating
the Mexican material, even deep down they know, just to ignorant
to admit it."
Images from Mexico July 11, 1991 "Sixth
Sun" UFO Sightings
Mexico UFO July 11, 1991
"At exactly 1:22pm, a
shiny metallic object
darted down from the skies and hovered
silently to the left of the eclipsing sun. It
stayed suspended in the sky for a full half
hour, long enough to be video-recorded by
17 different people, all in separate
locations throughout the city. Analysis of
these tapes later confirmed that this was a
metallic craft, spinning on its own axis."
Mexico UFO 7-11-91 Computer
"Computer enhancement of
the footage also allows
researchers to magnify the individual pixels from
which the images are composed, revealing details
that would otherwise be invisible to the naked eye.
An analysis also revealed the presence of two other,
smaller craft below the main metallic structure -
something not visible on the video."
Mexico UFO 7-11-91 Puebla sighting
"On 11 July 1991, this
bright object was
filmed by one of the many Mexicans who
lined the streets of the town of Puebla to
watch the solar eclipse. The pulsating,
disc-shaped craft moved slowly and
silently through the sky, and was
mistaken by many for a planet. On the
same day, dozens of other witnesses
throughout Mexico video-recorded the
Mexico UFO 7-11-99 Puebla videos
recordings of the same Puebla craft
Scotland Director SKYWATCH INTERNATIONAL
WWW design and text editing Copyrighted © 1996-1997 by
Picard UFO Research International
Going over the documentation and
analysis of the Sixth Sun UFO sighting, it is reasonable to conclude
that real phenomena took place that day.
Yet, what were the Sixth Sun phenomena,
and how might the phenomena relate to the Maya prophecies? Each
entity that has reported on the Sixth Sun UFO flap, has reported it
from its own institutional perspective.
Reuters News Service’s wire report,
dated 5 December 1997, on a UFO conference studying the Sixth Sun
flap is typical of the tongue-in-cheek approach the news business
"ACAPULCO, Mexico (Reuters) - Mexico
has long faced resentment in the United States for exporting
illegal aliens, but since 1991 the country has faced its own
alien invasion - by extraterrestrials, that is."
UFO researcher Richard G. Gall explores
another possible hypothesis - that the Sixth Sun UFO flap was an
intentional disinformation event, staged by secret (probably U.S.)
military UFO-aircraft, in fulfillment of the Mayan prophecies.
Gall notes that the silence of the
Mexican military around the flap could be interpreted several ways.
He also notes the similarity in profile of the Sixth Sun UFO craft
to craft sighted near
Area 51 Nellis Air Force Base in Nevada.
"Despite the threat posed by unknown
craft - whether alien or not - appearing along civilian air
routes, the Mexican air force has only rarely scrambled fighters
in an attempt to intercept the objects. This policy of
non-intervention has led many researchers to assume that the
government does not regard the UFOs as a threat, and may even be
welcoming them. Alternatively, the authorities may know exactly
what the objects are, but unwilling to discuss it…."
"In 1995, security-camera footage taken at Nellis Air Force Base
in Nevada, was smuggled out and presented to UFO researchers.
The video shows a pulsating metallic craft climbing through the
sky and has been authenticated by a number of military and
defense analysts, including Bill Sweetman, a leading
Stealth-technology researcher. In 1996, researchers from the US
TV program 'Sightings' compared the craft at Nellis, with the
object filmed in Mexico during the eclipse. Some researchers
concluded that the two were identical, and suggested that the
UFOs over Mexico could be part of a secret US military
Gall himself leaves us with one key
question - why did this very large exhibitionist UFO flap occur in
"Despite the strength of the
evidence, one question remains. Why Mexico? Jaime Maussan
speculates that the population is being tested to gauge its
reaction towards the presence of extraterrestrials. He believes
that such overt and seemingly deliberate exhibitionism can only
be explained as a prelude to something greater."
He answers his own question with a
personal conclusion that the July 11, 1991 Mexico UFO phenomenon can
be most creatively seen in the context of the Mayan prophecies,
specifically the Sixth Sun
"One of the most intriguing aspects
of the current UFO wave in Mexico is the fact that this and
other events were prophesied accurately over 1000 years ago by
the country's ancient ancestors, the Maya.
The decoding of the Dresden Codex, a
stone tablet depicting Maya cosmology, revealed that the ancient
civilization was able to predict the cycle of solar eclipses
with great accuracy. According to the Maya, during the birth of
the 'sixth sun' (the period following an eclipse in 1991) the
'Masters of the Stars' or 'Messengers of Destiny' would return.
The prophecy continues 'In the era
of the sixth sun, all that is buried will be discovered, truth
shall be the seed of light and the sons of the sixth sun shall
be the ones who travel through the stars.' (Us?) For many UFO
researchers this is strong evidence that the objects over Mexico
are definitely from another world."
Let’s retreat for a moment to the
science of communications. Context functions as an interpretive
framework within which a communication is made. A communication’s
context is its single most effective component that enhances the
definition, depth, and message content of the communication.
How do the Inca and Maya prophecies function in the Sixth Sun UFO
They provide a high-definition context for the UFO flap itself. The
UFO flap becomes a communication within the backdrop of the Maya and
Inca prophecies of cosmic awareness and Earth changes.
If a UFO flap occurs on a date predicted by the Star Gate and mind
map that is the Maya calendar, all of the referents of the Maya
cosmology become part of the UFO flap’s communication. Specifically,
Maya references to Earth changes culminating in 2012 AD.
Specifically, Maya and Inca prophecies of the sixth world to come -
an age of cosmic awareness among humankind.
The Maya calendar and Inca prophecies place UFO phenomena in full
context, as a "tear in the fabric of time." Whatever the nature of
the UFO phenomenon might be - dimensional, extraterrestrial,
electromagnetic, human-military - the context of the Maya and Inca
prophecies surround it with the deepest referential meaning.
The Sixth Sun UFO flap, acquires a
fullness of communication precisely because if occurs as a
fulfillment of Maya prophecies of cosmic cycles. Without the Maya
calendar context, a UFO flap over any major Western city would be
remarkable, to be sure, but the information communicated by the flap
would less rich, more superficial and ambiguous.
A typical, Western UFO sighting would be wrapped in a thinner, more
secular context without a living, rich, ancient cultural and
prophetic reference. Perhaps that is why Western cultures find the
UFO phenomenon puzzling, irritating and fractious - they lack a
cultural context and grounding for interpreting the phenomena, as
modern-day Mayan and Incan-based cultures may have.
Native American medicine man
Ghost Wolf alludes to this lack of cultural reference for UFOs in
North American culture.
"Why is it that they have news about
these (UFOs) in Mexico, but they don't have news of them here?
Why is it that people in other countries can sit down and have
intelligent conversations about what's going on, while we don't
have them here? We are ridiculed and called madmen and
These observations about the
relationship of Mayan prophecy and UFO flaps may have been borne out
by Mexican UFO flaps following the 1991 Sixth Sun flap.
formations of UFO craft-objects flying in formations that look like
"Whatever their purpose, the strange
objects above Mexico continue to be witnessed and filmed. The
latest footage appears to show groups of up to 40 of these UFOs
forming into patterns which many researchers have taken to be
constellations. Could this be an obscure attempt at
communication, as some researchers believe? Let’s wait and see."
In parsing these reports, I realize the
temptations and the pitfalls of over-projecting anthropomorphic
views onto the UFO phenomenon.
In prior theoretical work on UFO content
analysis, I suggested that UFO encounters could be analyzed and
interpreted using the disciplines of dream interpretation, because
many UFO reports were structured almost as dreams, with conscious
and subconscious content.
Taking that approach, it would seem that the constellation pattern
would constitute a deliberate communication, assuming the UFO
phenomenon has intention and intelligence. If the "formation"
reports are erroneous, well the reports are just more data. As an
intentional communication, however, the UFO formation might mean a
simple signal - "outer space"; "we are from a constellation."
Remember, however, that the Sixth Sun UFO flap occurred within the
context of a Calendar prophecy that Mayan priests had made in 755
AD. It seems more reasonable to assume that, as Mayan calendar may
have been the context for the Sixth Sun UFO flap, so follow-on UFO
flaps may also have been designed within a Mayan calendar context.
The Mayan calendar itself is structured around the celestial
clockwork of constellations. Therefore the reports of formations of
UFO craft arrayed as a "constellation" may be an intentional
communication in the context of the Mayan calendar predictions. The
content of the UFO communication could be its context.
By the principles of dream
interpretation, one interpretation of the "UFO
formation-constellation" content is:
"The Mayan prophecies are now
I am sure you yourself can develop a
whole list of alternative interpretations of the Sixth Sun UFO
We can analyze the 1991 Sixth Sun UFO flap as a phenomenon which is
meaningfully related to the Mayan calendar prophecies. What is more,
our Mayan calendar analysis is consistent with any of the
alternative Interpretations of the underlying UFO phenomenon itself,
as a dimensional, extraterrestrial, electromagnetic, or
For example, suppose the intelligence behind the 1991 Sixth Sun UFO
flap is on the order of a mega-intelligence that is
multi-dimensional. That UFO intelligence could create the UFO flap
through advanced electromagnetic technology, and use the 1991 flap
as a peripheral cue to condition humankind into the concepts of
cosmic consciousness and Earth changes.
Alternatively, if the intelligence
behind the UFO flap were extraterrestrial, it would use its UFO
craft as peripheral cues for the same purpose of psychologically
reinforcing cosmic consciousness and Earth changes awareness.
Suppose the UFO flap is a purely physical phenomenon, created by
random electromagnetic energy, perhaps related to the total solar
eclipse. Still, the UFO flap would be an example of synchronicity,
and related in meaning to the Maya calendar. The concept of
synchronicity, as articulated by psychologist Carl Jung, holds that
meaning is a dimension in the universe, much as other dimensions
such as space and time.
Even if the 1991 UFO flap were created
by random electromagnetic energy, it may nevertheless be related in
time, space, and meaning to the Mayan calendar, if the context and
content of the UFO flap and the Mayan calendar are integrally
linked. Prophecy may be fulfilled by random, meaningful events.
Finally, suppose the 1991 UFO Sixth Sun flap were actually a
disinformation operation using secret military craft (this seems
doubtful, if reports of 40 UFOs flying in constellation formation
are accurate). This would assume that the military intelligence
directing the UFO secret craft had designed a flap in fulfillment of
the Mayan Sixth Sun prophecy. It would also assume that the military
intelligence behind the UFO is Gaia-conscious, which may well not be
As we have seen, intentional human
action can fulfill prophecy, as in the Edgar Cayce-predicted
Poseidia findings off of Bimini in 1969. If the 1991 Sixth Sun flap
were in fact a secret military operation, this intentional human
intervention would still be the functional equivalent of a
Whatever its actual origin, the 1991 Sixth Sun UFO phenomena are a
living confirmation of the Maya calendar and its prophesized events,
vividly activating and quickening our collective consciousness of
humankind’s twin path - cosmic consciousness and Earth changes.
We now can come full circle back to where we started - prophesized
Earth changes brought about by environmental warfare.
Well, the effects of destructive electromagnetic energy on the
Earth’s systems may trigger the Earth changes predicted by the Mayan
calendar for the end of the long count in 2012. The Mayan age of
Earthquake which starts in 2012 AD may result from the
electromagnetic energy released by solar activity (sunspot cycle),
and the electromagnetic energy released by Environmental weapons and
Mayan cosmologist Jose Arguelles has developed an advanced
theoretical framework for understanding both the UFO phenomenon and
the effects of Environmental warfare, within the context of the
Arguelles integrates the cycles of
evolution of the Mayan calendar with concept that the intelligence
behind UFOs may be actually a dimensional being.
"Extraterrestrials, UFOs, the "space
brothers" - these are not alien entities, but emanations of
/being/ itself. And being is, in its essence, light, radiant
energy. During the time that we have spun our historical tale,
we have been participating in the unfoldment of a larger being.
But by the very nature of the phase of the 5,125-year/5,200-tun
galactic synchronization beam in which we have been involved, we
have lost sight of this fact.
"Spun through the increasingly accelerated phases of the
thirteen cycles of this beam (called "baktun" by the Maya), our
planet has arrived at an advanced stage of conscious
synchronization of component elements. This has been brought
about by the most complex forms of DNA, inducing an artificial
leap - the sprawl of civilization - which in actuality had one
goal - the quickening of the transformation of matter. This is
the critical significance of the 13th cycle, Baktun 12,
The first detonation of atomic energy in the Trinity Test of
July 16, 1945 is a watershed event within this last baktun
cycle. The Trinity Test both releases the first of a literal
flood of destructive electromagnetic energy into the Earth’s
environment, and triggers a process of polarization of
consciousness in our human species.
"Once this critical transformation of matter was attained on
July 16, 1945 [Trinity Test - date of first testing of atomic
bomb at Trinity, New Mexico], two basic processes were set in
motion. One involved the materialist aggrandizement of power
represented by the entrenchment of the prevalent global
industrial-social order; the other involved the dissonant
quickening of the resonant field of the planet resulting in a
wide spectrum of effects from UFO sightings to increased
psychism to tectonic plate shifts and terrorism.
"The reason for the intense subjective effects experienced by
the human psyche lies in the overall impact of radioactivity and
electromagnetic pollution on the infrastructure of DNA, causing
increased randomness and entropy of behavior. But this response
of DNA experienced as socially disruptive behavior in the human
realm, inclusive of rises in the incidence of cancer and new
diseases like AIDS, is actually only a complement of what is
occurring in the larger host organism, Earth."
Arguelles describes the Earth-system
mechanisms by which destructive forces predicted by the Mayan
calendar can ultimately cause cataclysmic Earth changes, including
"a shattering of the planetary form." Electromagnetic energy is a
central mechanism to these prophecies.
These destructive forces include
electromagnetic energy from nuclear explosions and environmental
"The resonant body of Earth, the
vibratory infrastructure that literally holds together the
sense-perceptible body of Earth, is in a condition of intense
‘fever’ called resonant dissonance. Remembering that the planets
function as gyroscopes holding the frequency pattern of their
particular orbits, we see that environmentally impact full
events since 1945 have actually set in motion a dissonant
vibratory wave affecting the overall spin of the planet.
If the dissonance were not checked,
then, similar to an uncontrolled nuclear reaction, the
end-result would be the development of a wobble in the spin and
a consequent shattering of the planetary form.
"In order to accommodate the increased dissonance of frequency,
wave adjustments are set off at the crystalline core of the
Earth until a new harmonic resonance of slightly higher
frequency is attained, thus accommodating the dissonance and
stabilizing at a new level of resonance.
If this new level can be attained
before further destructive impacts are inflicted upon the
planetary field - whether as increased CO2 or further
nuclear testing - then the planet will have successfully charted
the 5,200-tun synchronization beam."
Maya calendar scholar John Major Jenkins
has criticized Arguelles’ attempts to derive a modified Dreamspell
calendar based upon the original Mayan calendar itself.
I do not believe Jenkins’ criticisms,
which are directed at the modified calendar, diminish Arguelles’
insights into the significance of Earth changes and of UFO phenomena
predicted by the original calendar.
"Dreamspell is a perfect example of
how indigenous handiwork gets appropriated, misrepresented and
distorted. This has been a controversial issue: the
opportunistic and disrespectful selling of sacred indigenous
The key words here are
misrepresented and disrespectful. In Dreamspell literature, now
widely available on the World Wide Web and thus influencing
people around the world, the unique and creative perspective
developed by visionary channeler
is being promoted as the Mayan calendar.
As some kind of measure of authority
in these matters, he claims to channel the spirit of the great
ruler of Palenque,
Pacal. If Jose’s new
perspectives were presented as new perspectives, derived from
Mayan tradition, there would be a lot less to complain about
here. However, it is simply deplorable that Dreamspell is
spewing its distorted derivations around the world and labeling
them the real thing. This is bad enough, and it gets worse."
I do not feel competent to judge these
issues. I myself was co-host and producer of a live radio program,
broadcast to public radio stations in the U.S., meant to celebrate
the Harmonic Convergence of August 16-17, 1987, an important
prophetic date on the Mayan calendar, according to Arguelles.
Arguelles’ observations about the effects on the Earth system of
electromagnetic energy released by nuclear warfare and testing since
the advent of Trinity Test on July 16, 1945 are consistent with
public interest research data showing that Earth seismicity has
significantly increased in the nuclear age.
The mechanism of this increased
seismicity is most probably electromagnetic energy released by
nuclear explosions. Nuclear explosions release electromagnetic
energy, which distorts the magnetic fields of the Earth, twisting
them, tilting the Earth, and causing tectonic activity.
There may be resonant frequencies
activated in the Earth’s surface as well, activating tectonic shifts
and contribute to increased seismicity.
The Mayan calendar suggests two outcomes of the end-beginning cycle
starting December 22, 2012. These are Earth changes and cosmic
consciousness. Both of these may be the outcomes of the same set of
forces, converging simultaneously on our Earth.
Remember the principle we have may have discovered: Human
intervention can fulfill prophecy, of itself or in concert with
Let’s evaluate the electromagnetic forces that may converge to the
trigger cataclysmic Earth changes predicted by the Mayan calendar
for the end-cycle of the Long Count, starting in 2012.
Solar activity (sunspot cycles) is
one of the forces may create a critical field of Earth disturbance.
Mini-cycles of solar activity (sunspots) occur approximately every
11.5 years, and the next sunspot cycle scheduled following the
2001-2001 cycle occurs during 2012.
"As the current solar cycle ('Cycle
23') ascends, as part of an 11-year cycle estimated to peak
between mid-2000 and early-2001, so does solar activity such as
sunspots and solar flares.
"Solar flares, an intense temporary release of high-energy
particles (from visible light to radio waves, and gamma- and x-
rays), usually occur near sunspots, and may be associated with
'coronal mass ejections' (or CMEs). Flares are categorized into
three groups, the lowest being the C-class flare. A M-class
flare, which usually produces shortwave fadeout in the daylight
hemisphere of Earth, is between the C-class and the X-class
flare. X-class flares are very energetic events that definitely
produce a shortwave fadeout in the daylight hemisphere of Earth.
"CMEs, which can also occur independently, are streams of gas
and magnetic fields that can contain a billion tons of matter,
accelerating at several million miles per hour into
"Scientists have found that magnetic disturbances are more
probable around the equinox months.
"About 15% of incoming radiation is absorbed by the atmosphere,
and the potentially most dangerous gamma- and x-rays are mostly
absorbed by the ionosphere. Ultraviolet radiation is generally
absorbed by the Ozone layer, although what UV rays do get
through contribute to such things as skin cancer and it is
believed they affect a diversity of life, including plants,
amphibian eggs and even single-celled organisms."
Prophecy researcher Peter Petrisko
notes that the mini-cycles of solar activity (sunspots) have been
plotted for the last 300 years and none has triggered Earth changes
of a cataclysmic scale.
While some have prophesied an all-encompassing, life-ending flare or
ejection, a few points should be noted. First, in the 300 or so
years of recorded solar activity, no such event has occurred (not
even during the most intense 'Cycle 19' of the late 50s). Lastly, at
known levels, even if in an aircraft at extremely high altitudes,
the amount of radiation one would absorb would be akin to that of an
x-ray machine at the doctor's office.
However, solar electromagnetic activity can disrupt and twist
Earth’s electromagnetic fields, in turn leading to seismic activity.
This linkage between increased solar activity, twisting of the
Earth’s magnetic field, and increased seismicity is a potential
mechanism of Earth changes.
If the effects of solar activity on the
Earth’s magnetic field, and on tectonic structures are large enough,
Earth changes of a large scale could occur.
"If directed at the Earth, these
solar materials can buffet the planet's magnetosphere, which
results in geomagnetic activity. This activity is a natural
variation in the Earth's geomagnetic field, and is classified
into quiet, unsettled, active and storm conditions. A
geomagnetic storm may occur 1 to 3 days after a large solar
flare, and CMEs may be associated with a disturbance in the
planet's magnetic field or ionosphere.
From the perspectives of the Mayan
calendar, and of some observers of solar activity, the sunspot cycle
of 2012 AD may be vastly different in nature and scale from the
11.5-year sunspot cycles that have been observed for the last 300
Maurice Cotterell has analyzed
the patterns of sunspot cycles going back for the 18,139 years of
the grand solar cycle. He notes that the sun’s magnetic field has
shifted five (5) times during this grand cycle.
"This means that the [Sun’s magnetic
field] shifts five times during every 18,139-year grand cycle.
The sun’s magnetic field shifts after 3740 years, again after
3553 years, again after 3553 years, and again after 3740 years,
and finally for the fifth time after 3553 years during the grand
The Sun’s magnetic field shifts for its
fifth and final time around 2012, the end of this grand solar cycle.
This shift in the solar magnetic field
corresponds roughly to the end of the current grand cycle of the
Mayan calendar on December 22, 2012. This fifth sunspot cycle is
approximately 1,366,040 days long. This end-cycle of the Mayan
calendar is almost conterminous with the solar activity (sunspot),
and is 1,366,560 days long, when corrected for calendar variances.
Cotterell notes this correlation in end-cycle shifts in the Sun’s
magnetic field and the Mayan cosmology that Earth changes at the end
of each Mayan calendar Long Count.
He speculates that this end-cycle shift
in the Sun’s magnetic field may be the mechanism for the Mayan
account of the four prior destructions of the Earth, and the
possible fifth destruction, starting in 2012 AD the end of the
current Long Count.
"It was this last period of
1,366,040 days [the sunspot mega-cycle] that was in Cotterell’s
mind when he first read about the Mayan super-number of
1,366,560 days [the Long Count cycle) recorded in the Dresden
Codex. It seemed too similar to be a coincidence. What is more,
his division of the greater period of reversals of the sun’s
polarity seemed to mirror the Mayan conception of earlier ages.
They like his data, indicated there
had been four earlier ages before our own. It seemed what they
[the Maya] were talking about was the shifting or reversal of
the sun’s magnetic field. Could this be the mechanism behind the
collapse of one age and the start of another?
So, what does this mean in relation to
predicted Earth changes?
It means that we have identified a possible mechanism for Earth
changes as prophesized in the Mayan calendar - a reversal in the
magnetic field of the Sun, somewhere in a time window around 2012. A
reversal in the Sun’s magnetic field can be predicted from the
larger solar sunspot end-cycle to occur in the 2012 time window.
The Mayan calendar indicates the end of
the Mayan Long Count cycle is also in 2012.
If Cotterell’s speculations are correct,
the four prior reversals of the Sun’s magnetic field the current
grand solar cycle may correspond to the four prior "destructions" of
the Earth held by the Mayan cosmology. The end of the Mayan Long
Count on December 22, 2012 may coincide with a reversal of the Sun’s
magnetic field, which has occurred four times earlier during the end
of a sunspot mega-cycle.
Now we can see a basis for reasoning that the effects of solar
activity occurring around 2012 AD may be of a vastly different scale
and degree than the effects experienced during the "normal" 11.5
year sunspot mini-cycles we have been measuring for the last 300
years. If the Sun’s magnetic field is greatly disturbed or does
reverse during the 2012 AD time window, the impact of the Earth’s
magnetic field could be such as to create Earth changes of a
One mechanism of these Earth changes
could be a devastating distortion and twisting of the Earth’s
electromagnetic field by the Sun’s reversal of magnetic polarity.
This twisting of the Earth’s magnetic field in turn would tend to
tilt the Earth, throwing its tectonic plates out of balance, and
triggering large-scale tectonic activity - Earth changes.
Conceivably, the Earth changes could
include changes in surface landmasses and ocean. If the surface
distribution of Earth mass were to shift significantly, a shifting
of the Earth around its core would be theoretically possible. A
reversal of the Earth’s magnetic poles is also possible, and has
Cotterell integrates (1) the science of solar magnetic field shifts
and (2) the cosmology of cyclical Earth destruction under Mayan
"When the sun’s magnetic field
shifts direction, it tends to twist the Earth off its axis. The
tilting Earth is subjected to Earthquakes, floods,
conflagrations and volcanic eruptions.
"The sun’s magnetic field shifts five times every long cosmic
cycle. This would seem to be the reason that the Maya and others
believed that the Earth has been destroyed four times in the
past, and that destruction at the beginning of the 21st century
in this, the fifth age of the sun, will follow in the same way."
Is Cotterell’s brilliant breakthrough
correlating great solar cycles with the Mayan Long Count end-cycles
science or pseudo-science?
I say it is science. I say the burden of
proof now lies on the Earth sciences to show cause why we have not
been warned about the possible Earth changes of the 2012 AD time
window. If such cataclysmic changes in the Sun’s magnetic field and
on the Earth itself may occur sometime after the 2012 AD time
window, why is modern Earth science so oblivious to the possibility
of this scale of destruction? Rudimentary principles of risk
assessment would require that a vulnerability analysis of the
impacts on Earth of a possible reversal of the Sun’s magnetic field.
That has not occurred? Why?
One answer may lie in the perceptual blinders of the modern
scientific method. Perhaps our civilization will shed its perceptual
blinders with the cosmic consciousness of new Mayan cycle. But we
get ahead of ourselves. Let us return to the subject of Earth
changes and human warfare, that prime economic activity and
technological focus of our current human civilization.
There is a key question we must address in order to discover the
potential meaning of contemporary Environmental weapons in the light
of the Mayan end-cycle in 2012 AD.
That key question is a matter of simple logic.
What can be the Earth changes effects of environmental,
electromagnetic warfare in the period leading up to, and during
intense electromagnetic shifts brought about by a possible reversal
of the Sun’s magnetic fields around 2012 AD?
Aha! Welcome, skeptics and seers alike, let us reason together.
We have seen that there is a strong correlation between nuclear
weapons testing and deterioration in the Earth’s electromagnetic
field. The mechanism of this deterioration is most probably the
electromagnetic energy released into the Earth’s atmosphere and
magnetosphere. Nuclear weapons, in fact, function as environmental
electromagnetic weapons, and may have been consciously used as such
by nations testing them.
Now, let us turn to the possible Earth changes effects of new
generation of Environmental weapons. These are weapons designed to
deliver highly charged electromagnetic energy for designated
purposes. Some electromagnetic weapons are designed for "mind
"Environmental weapons" are those using
Earth systems such as weather and climate to inflict destruction
upon a military enemy. Both mind control weapons and environmental
weapons employ electromagnetic energy, and may trigger Earth changes
consequences for our planet.
With regard to environmental weapons, researcher and activist Dr.
Nick Begich notes:
"Over the last several years
Earthpulse has been investigating the latest developments in
technology. We explore subjects related to improving the human
condition and expose projects which we believe are risky and
unnecessary. This essay is about some of the science being
developed and contemplated by military planners and others that
could profoundly effect our lives. The intent of this essay is
to focus discussion on these new systems by bringing them into
the light of day.
"Is it possible to trigger Earthquakes, volcanic eruptions or
weather changes by man-made activities? Is it possible to create
and direct balls of energy at lightning speeds, to destroy an
enemy? Is it possible to manipulate the behavior, and even the
memories, of people using specialized technologies? The United
States military and others believe that this is the case. Many
of these systems are well on their way to being used in the
Dr. Begich specifically describes
"Manipulating the Environment
"There has been a good deal
of speculation about the possibilities of creating artificial
weather and of controlling the weather. This is not new and has
been the subject of on-going military research for decades.
Moreover, in 1976 the United States signed international
treaties calling for a ban on "geophysical warfare".
"The use of new weapons is not limited to governments and
sophisticated science laboratories. In April 1997, the United
States Secretary of Defense, William Cohen made the following
"’Others are engaging even in an eco-type of terrorism whereby
they can alter climate, set off Earthquakes, volcanoes remotely
through the use of electromagnetic waves.’
"This is not new either but has its roots in 1960-70's era
research by American scientists and continues to appear in
numerous articles and reports. The idea of creating artificial
weather including cyclones is being explored. In a recent
article in the Wall Street Journal it was reported that ‘a
Malaysian company, BioCure Sdn. Bhd., will sign a memorandum of
understanding soon with a government-owned Russian party to
produce the Cyclone.’
The deal with the Russians was set
up so that if the technology did not work the Malaysians did not
have to pay for the attempt. There have been other reports of
Russian research into this area.
"What else might be on the
way? In a 1989 patent a most interesting bit of science is
revealed. The development of new energy weapons has occupied the
imaginations and resources of our national and private
laboratories. One such weapon idea is owned by the United States
Department of Energy.
It is a new kind of weapon that
allows electromagnetic or acoustic energy to be focused into a
tight package of energy that can be projected over great
distances without dissipating. When scientists think of this
energy being projected through the air it was always assumed
that the energy would dissipate, dispersing at such a rapid rate
that no weapon's effect could be realized.
"What has been discovered is that there is a way to create such
a system. In a U. S. patent the following summary appears:
"’The invention relates generally to transmission of pulses of
more particularly, to the propagation of localized pulses of
electromagnetic or acoustic energy over long distances without
"The patent describes the energy effect as ‘electromagnetic
missiles or bullets’ which could destroy almost any object in
Probably the most well known
environmental weapons system is
HAARP, operated by the United States military.
In submitting their comments for the
Environmental Impact Statement for HAARP, major U.S. environmental
groups stated, in 1996, that new developments about HAARP had come
to light, requiring an expanded statement.
Functionally, these new developments relate mainly to HAARP’s
potential for Environmental warfare:
"If there remains a "major federal
action" to occur, and if the new information is sufficient to
show that the remaining action will "affect the quality of the
human environment" in a significant manner or to a significant
extent not already considered, a supplemental . . . [impact
statement] must be prepared.
"II. Factual Background
"As you know, in late 1993,
the Air Force, in cooperation with the Navy, began construction
of HAARP in Gakona, Alaska. The main element of HAARP is a large
radio wave transmitter which "utilize[s] powerful, high
frequency (HF) transmissions and a variety of associated
observational instruments to investigate naturally occurring and
artificially induced ionospheric processes that support, enhance
or degrade the propagation of radio waves." ROD at 1.
Construction of the HAARP facility
is currently scheduled to be completed within six or seven years
and presently it runs at about ten percent of projected power
levels. See O'Harra, HAARP's Mixed Signals; Solid Research Or
Menace To Alaskans, Anchorage Daily News (April 7, 1996).
"As the Air Force originally explained, HAARP is aimed at
studying the ionosphere, ‘with particular emphasis placed on
being able to better understand and use it to enhance
communications and surveillance systems for both civil and
defense purposes.’ FEIS Vol. I at iii. As an example, one touted
potential military benefit from the project is the development
of a communication system for use with submerged submarines.
"The Air Force, in the FEIS, detailed its view of the impacts of
the project. The Air Force focused almost exclusively on the
local and regional impacts of HAARP, primarily on things such as
impacts to animals, degradation of air quality and vegetation
loss due to construction activities. FEIS at 3-1 to 3-165.
The Air Force deemed HAARP's effects
to the atmosphere and biological effects to be non-existent or
insignificant. See id; see also ROD at Table 2.4-1. The only
admitted potentially significant impact is ‘interference to
radio communication systems and electro-explosive devices during
"In the years since the EIS process was completed, several
groups and individuals have raised questions concerning the uses
to which HAARP will be put and the likely effects flowing from
those uses. Some of these assertions are set forth in a book,
published in1995, called "Angels
Don't Play This HAARP".
Earthpulse Press (1995)
In this book, the authors set forth a
detailed and fully-referenced description of HAARP and its potential
uses and effects.
During the course of their research for
the book, the authors found that, rather than the innocuous project
described by the Air Force, HAARP represents a technology which
could lead to a new class of weapons that could change our world
profoundly - an all-purpose military tool. If misused, the tool
could mess up the weather.
It could be used against humanity in a
way that would change what people think, believe and feel.
manipulate global weather
knock out electronic
change our moods and mental
"A detailed recitation in this
discussion of the assertions and facts contained in "Angels
Don't Play This HAARP" would serve no useful purpose; the book
stands on its own as a question mark affixed to the Air Force's
contrary description of the uses and effects of HAARP.2
out below, this request is based upon questions and concerns
about HAARP raised by facts surrounding both the Air Force's
current intended uses for the project and scientific evidence
raising questions about HAARP's effects."
HAARP was not developed in isolation.
Dr. Rosalie Bertell of Toronto,
Ontario, concludes that HAARP was developed by the U.S. military as
part of an established program of electromagnetic weapons, for
application in Environmental warfare.
"It would be rash to assume that
HAARP is an isolated experiment which would not be expanded. It
is related to fifty years of intensive and increasingly
destructive programs to understand and control the upper
"It would be rash not to associate HAARP with the space
laboratory construction which is separately being planned by the
United States. HAARP is an integral part of a long history of
space research and development of a deliberate military nature.
"The military implications of combining these projects is
alarming. Basic to this project is control of communications,
both disruption and reliability in hostile environments. The
power wielded by such control is obvious.
"The ability of the HAARP / Spacelab/ rocket combination to
deliver very large amount of energy, comparable to a nuclear
bomb, anywhere on Earth via laser and particle beams, are
"The project is likely to be "sold" to the public as a space
shield against incoming weapons, or, for the more gullible, a
devise for repairing the ozone layer."
Because of its implications for
influencing predicted Earth changes, I think it is useful to
thoroughly review the history of the development of environmental
Dr. Bertell’s review of the 35-year
history of environmental weapons development preceding HAARP is a
"Prepared by Military interest in
space became intense during and after World War II because of
the introduction of rocket science, the companion to nuclear
technology. The early versions include the buzz bomb and guided
missiles. They were thought of as potential carriers of both
nuclear and conventional bombs.
"Rocket technology and nuclear weapon technology developed
simultaneously between 1945 and 1963. During this time of
intensive atmospheric nuclear testing, explosions at various
levels above and below the surface of the Earth were attempted.
Some of the now familiar descriptions of the Earth's protective
atmosphere, such as the existence of the Van Allen belts, were
based on information gained through stratospheric and
"The Earth's atmosphere consists of the troposphere, from sea
level to about 16 km above the Earth's surface; the stratosphere
(which contains the ozone level) which extends from about the 16
to 48 km above the Earth; and the ionosphere which extends from
48 km to over 50,000 km above the surface of the Earth."
"The Earth's protective atmosphere or "skin" extends beyond
3,200 km above sea level to the large magnetic fields, called
the Van Allen Belts, which can capture the charged particles
sprayed through the cosmos by the solar and galactic winds.
These belts were discovered in 1958 during the first weeks of
the operation of America's first satellite, Explorer I. They
appear to contain charged particles trapped in the Earth's
gravity and magnetic fields.
Primary galactic cosmic rays enter
the solar system from interstellar space, and are made up of
protons with energies above 100 MeV, extending up to
astronomically high energies. They make up about 100 percent of
the high-energy rays. Solar rays are generally of lower energy,
below 20 MeV (which is still high energy in Earth terms). These
high-energy particles are affected by the Earth's magnetic field
and by geomagnetic latitude (distance above or below the
The flux density of low energy
protons at the top of the atmosphere is normally greater at the
poles than at the equator. The density also varies with solar
activity, being at a minimum when solar flares are at a minimum.
"The Van Allen belts capture charged particles (protons,
electrons and alpha particles) and these spiral along the
magnetic force lines toward the Polar Regions where the force
lines converge. They are reflected back and forth between the
magnetic force lines near the poles. The lower Van Allen Belt is
about 7700 km above the Earth's surface, and the outer Van Allen
Belt is about 51,500 km above the surface.
According to the Encyclopedia
Britannica, the Van Allen belts are most intense along the
equator, and effectively absent over the poles. They dip to 400
km over the South Atlantic Ocean, and are about 1,000 km high
over the Central Pacific Ocean. In the lower Van Allen Belt, the
proton intensity is about 20,000 particles with energy above 30
MeV per second per square centimeter.
Electrons reach a maximum energy of
1 MeV, and their intensity has a maximum of 100 million per
second per square centimeter. In the outer Belt, proton energy
averages only 1 MeV.
For comparison, most charged
particles discharged in a nuclear explosion range between 0.3
and 3 MeV, while diagnostic medical X-ray has peak voltage
around 0.5 MeV.
Project Argus (1958)
"Between August and September 1958,
the US Navy exploded three fission type nuclear bombs 480 km
above the South Atlantic Ocean, in the part of the lower Van
Allen Belt closest to the Earth's surface. In addition, two
hydrogen bombs were detonated 160 km over Johnston Island in the
Pacific. The military called this "the biggest scientific
experiment ever undertaken."
It was designed by the US Department
of Defense and the US Atomic Energy Commission, under the code
name Project Argus. The purpose appears to be to assess the
impact of high altitude nuclear explosions on radio transmission
and radar operations because of the electromagnetic energy, and
to increase understanding of the geomagnetic field and the
behavior of the charged particles in it.
"This gigantic experiment created new (inner) magnetic radiation
belts encompassing almost the whole Earth, and injected
sufficient electrons and other energetic particles into the
ionosphere to cause worldwide effects. The electrons traveled
back and forth along magnetic force lines, causing an artificial
"aurora" when striking the atmosphere near the North Pole.
"The US Military planned to create a "telecommunications shield"
in the ionosphere, reported in 13-20 August 1961, Keesings
Historisch Archief (K.H.A.). This shield would be created "in
the ionosphere at 3,000 km height, by bringing into orbit
350,000 million copper needles, each 2-4 cm long [total weight
16 kg], forming a belt 10 km thick and 40 km wide, the needles
spaced about 100 m apart." This was designed to replace the
ionosphere "because telecommunications are impaired by magnetic
storms and solar flares."
The US planned to add to the number
of copper needles if the experiment proved to be successful.
This plan was strongly opposed by the Intentional Union of
Project Starfish (1962)
"On July 9, 1962, the US began a
further series of experiments with the ionosphere. From their
"one kiloton device, at a height of 60 km and one
megaton and one multi-megaton, at several hundred kilometers
(K.H.A., 29 June 1962).
These tests seriously disturbed
the lower Van Allen Belt, substantially altering its shape and
"In this experiment the inner Van
Allen Belt will be practically destroyed for a period of time;
particles from the Belt will be transported to the atmosphere.
It is anticipated that the Earth's magnetic field will be
disturbed over long distances for several hours, preventing
radio communication. The explosion in the inner radiation belt
will create an artificial dome of polar light that will be
visible from Los Angeles"
(K.H.A. 11 May 1962).
A Fijian Sailor, present at this
nuclear explosion, told me that the whole sky was on fire and he
thought it would be the end of the world. This was the
experiment that called forth the strong protest of the Queen's
Astronomer, Sir Martin Ryle in the UK.
"The ionosphere [according to the under-standing at that time]
that part of the atmosphere between 65 and 80 km and 280- 320 km
height, will be disrupted by mechanical forces caused by the
pressure wave following the explosion. At the same time, large
quantities of ionizing radiation will be released, further
ionizing the gaseous components of the atmosphere at this
This ionization effect is
strengthened by the radiation from the fission products... The
lower Van Allen Belt, consisting of charged particles that move
along the geomagnetic field lines... will similarly be
disrupted. As a result of the explosion, this field will be
locally destroyed, while countless new electrons will be
introduced into the lower belt" (K.H.A. 11 May 1962).
July... NASA announced that as a consequence of the high
altitude nuclear test of July 9, a new radiation belt had been
formed, stretching from a height of about 400 km to 1600 km; it
can be seen as a temporary extension of the lower Van Allen
Belt" (K.H.A. 5 August 1962).
"As explained in the Encyclopedia Britannica: ‘.. Starfish made
a much wider belt [than Project Argus] that extends from low
altitude out past L=3 [i.e. three Earth radiuses or about 13,000
km above the surface of the Earth].’
Later in 1962, the USSR undertook
similar planetary experiments, creating three new radiation
belts between 7,000 and 13,000 km above the Earth. According to
the Encyclopedia, the electron fluxes in the lower Van Allen
Belt have changed markedly since the 1962 high- altitude nuclear
explosions by the US and USSR, never returning to their former
According to American scientists, it
could take many hundreds of years for the Van Allen Belts to
restabilize at their normal levels. (Research done by: Nigel
Harle, Borderland Archives, Cortenbachstraat 32, 6136 CH Sittard,
SPS - Solar Power Satellite Project
"In 1968 the US military proposed
Solar Powered Satellites in geostationary orbit some 40,000 km
above the Earth, which would intercept solar radiation using
solar cells on satellites and transmit it via a microwave beam
to receiving antennas, called rectennas, on Earth. The US
Congress mandated the Department of Energy and NASA to prepare
an Environmental Impact Assessment on this project, to be
completed by June 1980, and costing $25 Million.
This project was designed to
construct 60 Solar Powered Satellites over a thirty year period
at a cost between $500 and $800 thousand million (in 1968
dollars), providing 100 percent of the US energy needs in the
year 2025 at a cost of $3000 per kW. At that time, the project
cost was two to three times larger than the whole Department of
Energy budget, and the projected cost of the electricity was
well above the cost of most conventional energy sources.
The rectenna sites on Earth were
expected to take up to 145 square kilometers of land, and would
preclude habitation by any humans, animals or even vegetation.
Each Satellite was to be the size of Manhattan Island.
Saturn V Rocket (1975)
"Due to a malfunction, the Saturn V
Rocket burned unusually high in the atmosphere, above 300 km.
This burn produced "a large ionospheric hole" (Mendillo, M. Et
al.,Science p. 187, 343, 1975).
The disturbance reduced the total
electron content more than 60% over an area 1,000 km in radius,
and lasted for several hours. It prevented all
telecommunications over a large area of the Atlantic Ocean. The
phenomenon was apparently caused by a reaction between the
exhaust gases and ionospheric oxygen ions. The reaction emitted
a 6300 A airglow.
Between 1975 and 1981 NASA and the
US Military began to design ways to test this new phenomena
through deliberate experimentation with the ionosphere.
SPS Military Implications (1978)
"Early review of the Solar Powered
Satellite Project began in around 1978, and I was on the review
panel. Although this was proposed as an energy program, it had
significant military implications. One of the most significant,
first pointed out by Michael J. Ozeroff, was the possibility of
developing a satellite-borne beam weapon for anti-ballistic
missile (ABM) use.
The satellites were to be in
geosynchronous orbits, each providing an excellent vantage point
from which an entire hemisphere can be surveyed continuously. It
was speculated that a high-energy laser beam could function as a
thermal weapon to disable or destroy enemy missiles. There was
some discussion of electron weapon beams, through the use of a
laser beam to preheat a path for the following electron beam.
"The SPS was also described as a psychological and anti-
personnel weapon, which could be directed toward an enemy. If
the main microwave beam was redirected away from its rectenna,
toward enemy personnel, it could use an infrared radiation
wavelength (invisible) as an anti-personnel weapon. It might
also be possible to transmit high enough energy to ignite
combustible materials. Laser beam power relays could be made
from the SPS satellite to other satellites or platforms, for
example aircraft, for military purposes.
One application might be a laser
powered turbofan engine that would receive the laser beam
directly in its combustion chamber, producing the required high
temperature gas for its cruising operation. This would allow
unlimited on-station cruise time. As a psychological weapon, the
SPS was capable of causing general panic
"The SPS would be able to transmit power to remote military
operations anywhere needed on Earth. The manned platform of the
SPS would provide surveillance and early warning capability, and
ELF linkage to submarines. It would also provide the capability
of jamming enemy communications. The potential for jamming and
creating communications is significant. The SPS was also capable
of causing physical changes in the ionosphere
"President Carter approved the SPS Project and gave it a go-
ahead, in spite of the reservation which many reviewers, myself
included, expressed. Fortunately, it was so expensive, exceeding
the entire Department of Energy budget, that funding was denied
by the Congress. I approached the United Nations Committee on
Disarmament on this project, but was told that as long as the
program was called Solar Energy by the United States, it could
not be considered a weapons project.
The same project resurfaced in the
US under President Reagan. He moved it to the much larger budget
of the Department of Defense and called it Star Wars. Since this
is more recent history, I will not discuss the debate that raged
over this phase of the plan.
"By 1978, it was apparent to the US Military that communications
in a nuclear hostile environment would not be possible using
traditional methods of radio and television technology (Jane's
Military Communications 1978). By 1982, GTE Sylvania (Needham
Heights, Massachusetts) had developed a command control
electronic sub-system for the US Air Force's Ground Launch
Cruise Missiles (GLCM) that would enable military commanders to
monitor and control the missile prior to launch both in hostile
and non-hostile environments.
The system contains six radio
subsystems, created with visible light using a dark beam (not
visible) and is resistant to the disruptions experienced by
radio and television. Dark beams contribute to the formation of
energetic plasma in the atmosphere. This plasma can become
visible as smog or fog. Some has a different charge than the
sun's energy, and accumulates in places where the sun's energy
is absent, like the Polar Regions in the winter.
When the polar spring occurs, the
sun appears and repels this plasma, contributing to holes in the
ozone layer. This military system is called: Ground Wave
Emergency Network (GWEN). (See The SECOMII Communication System,
by Wayne Olsen, SAND 78- 0391,Sandia Laboratories, Albuquerque,
New Mexico, April 1978.)
This innovative emergency radio
system was apparently never implemented in Europe, and exists
only in North America.
Orbit Maneuvering System (1981)
"Part of the plan to build the SPS
space platforms was the demand for reusable space shuttles,
since they could not afford to keep discarding rockets. The NASA
Spacelab 3 Mission of the Space Shuttle made, in 1981, "a series
of passes over a network of five ground based observatories" in
order to study what happened to the ionosphere when the Shuttle
injected gases into it from the Orbit Maneuvering System (OMS).
They discovered that they could
"induce ionospheric holes" and began to experiment with holes
made in the daytime or at night over Millstone, Connecticut, and
Arecibo, Puerto Rico.
They experimented with the effects
of "artificially induced ionospheric depletions on very low
frequency wave lengths, on equatorial plasma instabilities, and
on low frequency radio astronomical observations over Roberval,
Quebec, Kwajelein, in the Marshall Islands and Hobart, Tasmania"
(Advanced Space Research, Vo1.8, No. 1, 1988).
Innovative Shuttle Experiments
"An innovative use of the Space
Shuttle to perform space physics experiments in Earth orbit was
launched, using the OMS injections of gases to "cause a sudden
depletion in the local plasma concentration, the creation of a
so called ionospheric hole." This artificially induced plasma
depletion can then be used to investigate other space phenomena,
such as the growth of the plasma instabilities or the
modification of radio propagation paths.
The 47 second OMS burn of July 29,
1985, produced the largest and most long-lived ionospheric hole
to date, dumping some 830 kg of exhaust into the ionosphere at
sunset. A 6-second, 68-km OMS release above Connecticut in
August 1985, produced an airglow that covered over 400,000
"During the 1980's, rocket launches globally numbered about 500
to 600 a year, peaking at 1500 in 1989. There were many more
during the Gulf War. The Shuttle is the largest of the solid
fuel rockets, with twin 45-meter boosters. All solid fuel
rockets release large amounts of hydrochloric acid in their
exhaust, each Shuttle flight injecting about 75 tons of ozone
destroying chlorine into the stratosphere.
Those launched since 1992 inject
even more ozone-destroying chlorine, about 187 tons, into the
stratosphere (which contains the ozone layer). Mighty Oaks
"In April 1986, just before the Chernobyl disaster, the US had a
failed hydrogen test at the Nevada Test Site called Mighty Oaks.
This test conducted far underground, consisted of a hydrogen
bomb explosion in one chamber, with a leaded steel door to the
chamber, two meters thick, closing within milliseconds of the
The door was to allow only the first
radioactive beam to escape into the "control room" in which
expensive instrumentation was located. The radiation was to be
captured as a weapon beam. The door failed to close as quickly
as planned, causing the radioactive gases and debris to fill the
control room, destroying millions of dollars worth of equipment.
The experiment was part of a program to develop X-ray and
particle beam weapons.
The radioactive releases from Mighty
Oaks were vented, under a "licensed venting" and were likely
responsible for many of the North American nuclear fallout
reports in May 1986, which were attributed to the Chernobyl
Desert Storm (1991)
"According to Defense News, April 13
- 19, 1992, the US deployed an electromagnetic pulse weapon (EMP)
in Desert Storm, designed to mimic the flash of electricity from
a nuclear bomb.
The Sandia National Laboratory had
built a 23,000 square meter laboratory on the Kirkland Air Force
Base, 1989, to house the Hermes II electron beam generator
capable of producing 20 Trillion Watt pulses lasting 20
billionths to 25 billionths of a second. This X-ray simulator is
called a Particle Beam Fusion Accelerator.
A stream of electrons hitting a
metal plate can produce a pulsed X-ray or gamma ray. Hermes II
had produced electron beams since 1974. These devises were
apparently tested during the Gulf War, although detailed
information on them is sparse.
High Frequency Active Auroral Research
Program, HAARP (1993)
HAARP Program is jointly
managed by the US Air Force and the US Navy, and is based in Gakona, Alaska. It is designed to "understand, simulate and
control ionospheric processes that might alter the performance
of communication and surveillance systems."
The HAARP system intends to beam 3.6
Gigawatts of effective radiated power of high frequency radio
energy into the ionosphere in order to:
Generate extremely low frequency
(ELF) waves for communicating with submerged submarines
Conduct geophysical probes to
identify and characterize natural ionospheric processes so
that techniques can be developed to mitigate or control them
Generate ionospheric lenses to
focus large amounts of high frequency energy, thus providing
a means of triggering ionospheric processes that potentially
could be exploited for Department of Defense purposes
Electron acceleration for
infrared (IR) and other optical emissions that could be used
to control radio wave propagation properties
Generate geomagnetic field
aligned ionization to control the reflection/scattering
properties of radio waves
Use oblique heating to produce
effects on radio wave propagation, thus broadening the
potential military applications of ionospheric enhancement
Poker Flat Rocket Launch (1968 to
"The Poker Flat Research Range is
located about 50 km North of Fairbanks, Alaska, and it was
established in 1968. It is operated by the Geophysical Institute
with the University of Alaska Fairbanks, under NASA contract.
About 250 major rocket launches have taken place from this site,
and in 1994, a 16-meter long rocket was launched to help NASA
"understand chemical reactions in the atmosphere associated with
global climate change."
Similar experiments, but using
Chemical Release Modules (CRM), have been launched from
Churchill, Manitoba. In 1980, Brian Whelan's "Project Waterhole"
disrupted an aurora borealis, bringing it to a temporary halt.
In February 1983, the chemical released into the ionosphere
caused an aurora borealis over Churchill.
In March 1989, two Black Brant X's
and two Nike Orion rockets were launched over Canada, releasing
barium at high altitudes and creating artificial clouds. These
Churchill artificial clouds were observed from as far away as
Los Alamos, New Mexico.
"The US Navy has also been carrying on High Power Auroral
Stimulation (HIPAS) research in Alaska. Through a series of
wires and a 15-meter antenna, they have beamed high intensity
signals into the upper atmosphere, generating a controlled
disturbance in the ionosphere. As early as 1992, the Navy talked
of creating 10-kilometer long antennas in the sky to generate
extremely low frequency (ELF) waves needed for communicating
Another purpose of these experiments
is to study the Aurora Borealis, called by some an outdoor
plasma lab for studying the principles of fusion. Shuttle
flights are now able to generate auroras with an electron beam.
On November 10, 1991, and aurora borealis appeared in the Texas
sky for the first time ever recorded, and it was seen by people
as far away as Ohio and Utah, Nebraska and Missouri.
The sky contained "Christmas colors"
and various scientists were quick to blame it on solar activity.
However, when pressed most would admit that the ionosphere must
have been weakened at the time, so that the electrically charged
particle hitting the Earth's atmosphere created the highly
visible light called airglow. These charged particles are
normally pulled northwards by the Earth's magnetic forces, to
the magnetic north pole.
The Northern Lights, as the aurora
borealis is called, normally occurs in the vortex at the pole
where the energetic particles, directed by the magnetic force
lines, are directed.
Others speak of the proliferation of
"But with (HAARP's) beam-steering,
the pulsing capabilities, and maybe some instigation from secret
organizations or counter-proliferation groups within the U. S.
government, there could be some bad effects."
The adverse human health effects of
environmental weapons are also a concern.
"Possible effects of future HAARP
fields on living systems is a concern that should be discussed,
Dr. Flanagan told the committee. "One of the purposes of HAARP
is to develop ELF (extremely low frequency) capability, for
transmitting high-energy ELF waves, from .001 HZ all the way up
to 40 Kilohertz, as described in (the military's) literature."
"In the meantime, new research by other scientists shows that
ELF signals may have profound effects on living organisms. Dr.
Flanagan cited the example of known effects of ELF on the
Circadian rhythms, which is the biological clock, of all living
organisms including humans.
Importantly, an international
constituency against environmental weapons is beginning to build.
"Individual members of the European
Parliament are among the growing number of people worldwide who
have been startled to hear about HAARP. Voices expressing
various levels of concern are being heard in many countries.
For example, in contrast with the
cautiously worded comment of Dr. Bertell, a Germany-based
researcher in the field of quantum electrodynamics, Al
Zielinski, paints an apocalyptic word-picture. (He says HAARP
technology could trigger a disaster with a global impact -
electromagnetic waves causing destruction "when interacting with
protective layers of the Earth and its gravitational field".)
Two historical newspaper (New York
Times) interviews with inventor
Nicola Tesla - one in 1915 and one in 1940 - set a
prescient theoretical vision of the forces now driving the
development and deployment of environmental weapons.
Tesla is quoted in a New York Times
article of December 8, 1915:
"Nikola Tesla, the inventor, has
filed patent applications on the essential
parts of a machine, possibilities which test a layman's
promise a parallel of Thor's shooting thunderbolts from the sky
those who had angered the gods...Suffice it to say that the
go through space with a speed of 300 miles a second, a manless
without propelling engine or wings sent by electricity to any
on the globe on its errand of destruction, if destruction its
wishes to effect."
'It is not a time,' said Dr. Tesla yesterday, 'to go into the
details of this
thing. It is founded upon a principle that means great things in
can be used for great things in war. But I repeat, this is no
time to talk of
'It is perfectly practicable to transmit electrical energy
without wires and
produce destructive effects at a distance. I have already
wireless transmitter which makes this possible, and have
described it in
my technical publications, among which I refer to my patent
1,119,732 recently granted. With transmitters of this kind we
to project electrical energy in any amount to any distance and
apply it for
innumerable purposes, both in war and peace. Through the
adoption of this system, ideal conditions for the maintenance of
order will be realized, for then the energy necessary to the
of right and justice will be normally productive, yet potential,
and in any
moment available, for attack and defense. The power transmitted
not be necessarily destructive, for, if distance is made to
depend upon it,
its withdrawal or supply will bring about the same results as
accomplished by force of arms.'
Tesla continues this theme in a second
article in the New York Times, on September 22, 1940:
"Nikola Tesla, one of the truly
great inventors, who celebrated his
eighty-fourth birthday on July 10, tells the writer that he
stands ready to
divulge to the United States government the secret of his 'teleforce',
which, he said, airplane motors would be melted at a distance of
miles, so that an invisible Chinese Wall of Defense would be
"This 'teleforce', he said, is based upon an entirely new
physics that 'no one has ever dreamed about', different from the
embodied in his inventions relating to the transmission of
from a distance, for which he has received a number of basic
This new type of force, Mr. Tesla said, would operate through a
one hundred-millionth of a square centimeter in diameter, and
be generated from a special plant that would cost no more than
$2,000,000 and would take only about three months to construct."
"The beam, he states, involves four new inventions, two of which
have been tested. One of these is a method and apparatus for
rays 'and other manifestations of energy' in free air,
necessity for a high vacuum; a second is a method and process
producing 'very great electrical force'; the third is a method
this force and the fourth is a new method for producing 'a
electrical repelling force'. This would be the projector, or
gun, of the
system. The voltage for propelling the beam to its objective,
the inventor, will attain a potential of 50,000,000 volts."
"With this enormous voltage, he said, microscopic electrical
matter will be catapulted on their mission of defensive
destruction. He has
been working on this invention, he added, for many years and has
recently made a number of improvements in it."
Let’s go back to our key question on
Earth changes and Environmental weapons.
What could be the Earth changes effects of environmental,
electromagnetic warfare in the period leading up to, and during
intense electromagnetic shifts brought about by a possible reversal
of the Sun’s magnetic fields around 2012 AD?
A possible mechanism between the electromagnetic effects of
environmental weapons and the triggering of Earth changes seems
relatively straightforward, based on what we know the effects of
electromagnetic energy emanating from nuclear testing has been. It
is not scientifically credible that environmental weapons have no
significant effects on vital Earth event systems, like its
Environmental weapons may likely continue to distort and twist the
electromagnetic field of the Earth. They may likely continue to
increase the Earth’s seismicity, its proneness to Earthquake.
Electromagnetic energy from environmental weapons may, if of
sufficient strength, induce significant Earth events on their own,
by distorting the Earth’s magnetic field and inducing tectonic tilt,
or by inducing resonant and disruptive frequencies in the Earth
Environmental weapon’s harm to the Earth’s magnetic field and to its
tectonic balance may be cumulative. These weapons may cause a
gradual and accumulating structural and dynamic distortion, building
up as Environmental weapons are used over the years approaching and
subsequent to the Mayan end-cycle.
We can think of three ways that environmental weapons may cause
Earth changes predicted by the Mayan end-cycle for 2012.
One way - Human Environmental weapons may gradually distort the
Earth’s magnetic field, and exacerbating and predisposing the Earth
changes triggered by a reversal of the Sun’s magnetic field around
Second way - Human Environmental warfare during the Mayan solar
magnetic reversal may itself trigger the prophesized Earth changes.
Third way - The Sun’s magnetic field does not reverse or distort
around 2012 AD, but human Environmental weapons themselves induce
Earth changes, by distortion of the Earth’s magnetic fields.
An aggravating factor in each of these scenarios would be Earth’s
collision with near-Earth-objects, such as asteroids.
What is a common element in each of these three Earth changes
Human intervention is the common element. In each of these
scenarios, human intervention in the form of environmental weapons
is a causal factor in fulfilling the Maya prophecies of cataclysmic
Let’s delve more deeply into the possible linkages among Earth
changes, Mayan end-cycle solar activity, and human intervention.
Perhaps these linkages may lead us to insight into the second
prophesized outcome of the Maya end-cycle.
The new cosmic Mayan cycle is to bring
the endowment of cosmic consciousness upon our historically war-like
Well, what is the mechanism
triggering solar activity? If the Earth sciences say solar
activity triggers Earth magnetic disturbance, then what triggers
solar magnetic disturbance - what triggers the Sunspot
mini-cycles and its megacycles of magnetic polarity reversal?
Answer - Solar activity cycles are
triggered by electromagnetic disturbances emanating from the
core ("Sun") of the Milky Way Galaxy itself!
Oh, you didn’t know the Galaxy has a "core or center" which
functions as an "Sun", emanating frequencies of electromagnetic
Well, any school student could have told you, if only they had
been so taught.
It’s okay! We’re only an entry level intelligent species anyway.
How do we know the electromagnetic disturbances affecting the
Sun come from the Galactic center?
One reason - they are so regular, and come in cosmic-clockwork
cycles. Another reason - the Mayan calendar, a most advanced
piece of work, has the foresight to tell us so.
Do you really think all human knowledge develops as modern
No - some knowledge develops as modern humans recognize it
already is available.
Every 11.5 years or so, solar activity (sun sports) flare. Every
3553 years (approximately), the Sun’s magnetic field reverses.
That is no accident. That’s the Galactic center at work in our
Oh, there’s lots of science to be discovered, believe me. Lot’s
of denial to let go of. And it gets better. At the end of every
Mayan Long Count, and the end of every Mayan mega-cycle of
26,000 years or so, a cosmic Mayan cycle ends and a new cycle
At that end-cycle moment, electromagnetic beams from the
Galactic center swing into our quadrant of the Universe, into
our solar system.
The electromagnetic beams from the galactic center may disturb
the magnetic fields of the Sun twist the magnetic fields of the
Earth, and trigger Earth changes.
The same electromagnetic beams from the galactic center may
trigger an onset of cosmic consciousness on Earth. The process
of changeover at Mayan end-cycles is one big electromagnetic
phenomenon, emanating from the galactic Sun. The Mayan calendar
is both an astronomical and a spiritual galactic map, and can
help us access Spirit’s orientation in this coming
So what are these galactic beams through which Maya cosmology
say we are passing?
Cosmologist Brian Swimme tells us in The Mayan Factor, that
prophetically key vision crafted by the cosmologist formerly
known as Jose Arguelles, now Pacal Votan, King of Palenque,
Yucatan in the Seventh Century AD.
Galactic beams, and their effects on the
dynamics of our Sun, are not unknown to recent science.
"…modern science has never spoken of
such a beam in the way the Maya do. But physicists have recently
become aware of ways we are influenced by beams passing through
the galaxy, and this is by itself new. Current astrophysics
describes these beams as density waves that sweep through the
galaxy and that influence galactic evolution.
For instance, our Sun’s birth was a
result of this wave. The density wave passed through and ignited
a giant star, which exploded and evoked our sun’s existence.
"In fact, all star formation is due primarily to these beams
sweeping through our galaxy. We can begin to formulate the
notion of the galaxy as an organism, one involved in its own
development. We speak of the "self organizing" dynamics of the
galaxy. Or, from a more organismic perspective, we speak of the
galaxy as unfolding - the births of stars are pictured as part
of the galactic epigenesis. The Sun, then, is seen as activated
by dynamics governed by the galactic center; just so the eye of
a frog is seen as activated by dynamics governed by its own
"The obvious question is this: Just how far does the galactic
dynamism go with respect to the development of the Sun and its
evolving planets? That is, do the galaxy’s dynamics have only to
do with the ignition of the Sun after which the Sun and the
Earth are on their own? Or is the galactic beam involved with
the evolution of life?
Swimme affirms that galactic beams have
been integrally involved in the dynamics of Earth in the entire 4.55
billion years of the Sun’s existence.
"First, it can be said quite simply
that the galaxy is continually involved with the evolution of
Earth and its life. The galactic density beams have swept
through the galaxy over the entire 4.55 billion years of the
Sun’s existence, and whenever these [beams] pass through the
Sun, they alter its dynamics and thus alter the radiant energy
that bathes the Earth.
I have no doubt that, as evolutionary
begins to reflect on this, they will articulate the ways in
which the development of life on Earth has been shaped by these
The limitations of the modern scientific
method itself has restricted is knowledge about the existence and
nature of a galactic beam such as the Maya describe.
"We need to recognize that it was
simply impossible for modern science to notice the existence of
a galactic beam such as the Maya describe. Modern science
focused on material, on its change of position. All qualities -
colors, smells, emotions, feelings, and intuitions - were termed
secondary, and dismissed. That is, we committed ourselves from
the beginning to a mode of consciousness that was never going to
recognize the galactic beam."
The disciplines of modern science and of
Mayan cosmology, however, provide us with complementary insights
into the galactic beam, a unitary phenomenon that triggers both
Earth changes and cosmic consciousness. Contemporary science focuses
on the beam as a physical phenomenon, accounting for Earth changes.
Mayan cosmology focuses on the same
galactic beam as a psychic phenomenon, enabling the evolution of
"The Maya were a people intoxicated
with a different cultural aim which required an entirely
different development of consciousness. Where the modern
scientists have been able to detect experimentally the physical
effects of density beams sweeping through the galaxy, the Maya
were able to detect experientially beams with different
efficacies, beams that influenced not the birth and functioning
of stars, but the birth and functioning of ideas, of visions, of
Or rather, what I myself think is
the case: both the modern scientists and the Maya respond to the
same beams. The modern scientists developed a mode of
consciousness enabling them to articulate the physical effects
of these [Galactic] beams; the Maya developed a consciousness
enabling them to articulate the psychic effects of these beams."
What is more, there may be galactic
"seasons," eras that favor a particular type or quality of activity
in the galaxy. At the physical level, for example, hydrogen atoms
appeared at a specific time in the creative cycle of the galaxy.
There may be as well, seasons for the
creation of cultures, ideas, and thoughts - human consciousness.
"The question immediately surfaces
in the western mind: ‘There may be seasons for the birth of
atoms, or of galaxies, or of primitive cells. But what about my
thoughts? What about human culture? Are these affected by
Mayan cosmology spoke, then, of
interaction with the Galactic Mind, much as Maya culture interacted
consciously with the mind of our Sun.
Through the Sun, the Maya
accessed the deeper will of the galaxy, the organism of which we are
part. The modern science of consciousness - paraphysics and
parapsychology - now informs us that thoughts, feelings, and ideas,
like photons, can be transmitted.
The galactic core can transmit cosmic consciousness, as well as
physically disrupting Earth, planetary and Sun changes, through its
"…here we deal with the deepest
reaches of the western psyche’s repression. The Maya felt they
were engaged with the mind of the Sun, which manifested for them
the mind and heart of the galaxy. The Maya felt that the galaxy
had desires. Modern scientists heard that and relegated the Maya
to the ‘fairy tale’ bin. But our rejection of their wisdom only
reveals our dangerously lopsided psychic condition….
"Our difficulty stems from our cultural mistake in thinking of
hydrogen atoms and stars and so forth as "just physical", and
ourselves and our psychic life as transcendent, as utterly
disconnected from the universe….
"Within this perspective, ‘feelings’ are not fabricated in the
transcendent human mind. Instead, feelings are transmitted, just
as photons are transmitted. This is really the most ordinary
experience. A person standing in the presence of a magnificent
granite cliff is suffused with all sorts of feelings; these are
the feelings that the mountain has transmitted to the human.
Jose Arguelles gives us the insight that
the Maya culture was galactically informed.
"Precisely, because it is based on
the principle of harmonic resonance, a civilization such as the
Mayan can be described as galactically informed. That is, by the
principle of harmonic resonance, there is a two-way information
wave that ripples to and from the individual being to the
collective or planetary mind, and from the planetary mind
through the Sun to the galactic core."
Arguelles integrates the sciences of
communication and cosmology in illuminating the mechanisms by which
the Maya may have exercised their own cosmic awareness of the
influence of the galactic core, known as "Hunab Ku" in the Mayan
"The sole purpose of the continuous
emission of intelligent wave-formation from Hunab Ku, the
galactic core and cosmic radio station, is the superior
coordination of the member organisms, the star systems…
"The capacity to maintain direct communications and to continue
to establish and extend realization of the whole is the
conscious attainment of harmony. The end of the process may be
nothing more that a transcendent passing of the entire galaxy
into an inconceivable stage of harmonic synchronization.
"To be a diviner of harmony, a Maya, would then be to know
directly the harmonic frequencies of a level or stage of being,
and, in a manner of speaking, to be able to tune into and even
take on the qualities of that level or stage of being.
"Because of the attainment of such knowledge, one of the powers
of Maya would be that of resonant transduction. Through direct
knowledge of wave harmonics and frequency changes, resonant
transduction is the ability to apply this knowledge and pass
directly from one condition of being to another, from one star
system to another.
One aspect of the Mayan end-cycle cosmic
consciousness, then, may be humanity’s opening sensitivity to the
psychic components of the galactic beam-wave. Our civilization may
learn to re-acquire the sort of conscious sensitivity to the mind
and will of the galaxy that the Mayas may have possessed.
The end of the 26,000 year Mayan/Galactic cycle during the 2012 AD
time window has, according to Arguelles, a dominant goal of the
quickening and transformation of our universe.
"Spun through the increasingly
accelerated phases of the thirteen cycles of this beam, our
planet has arrived at an advanced stage of conscious
synchronization of component elements. This has been brought
about by the most complex forms of DNA, inducing an artificial
leap - the sprawl of civilization - that in actuality has but
one goal - the quickening and transformation of matter.
Remember again the significance of the
Trinity nuclear bomb test on July 16, 1945. This was the first
release into the Earth’s environment of high-level electromagnetic
According to Arguelles, it was also the
start of a bifurcation of human endeavor into global aggrandizement
of power, and increased psychic sensitivity.
"Once this critical transformation
of matter was attained on July 16, 1945 [Trinity Test - date of
first testing of atomic bomb at Trinity, New Mexico], two basic
processes were set in motion.
One involved the materialist
aggrandizement of power represented by the entrenchment of the
prevalent global industrial-social order; the other involved the
dissonant quickening of the resonant field of the planet
resulting in a wide spectrum of effects from UFO sightings to
increased psychism to tectonic plate shifts and terrorism."
A powerful example of how the influences
of the galactic beam may work in integrating this bifurcation
between the forces of death and the forces of life affirmation
involves the present day Maya and the U.S. Central Intelligence
It has been reported that the CIA may
have been an architect and funder of a genocidal war against the
Maya from the 1960s through 1996 in Guatemala. If this genocide is a
covert operation on a classic CIA model, the genocide of the Maya
may have been undertaken to deny the Guatemalan rebels a safe haven
among the Maya.
At a deeper death-force level, the CIA’s Mayan genocide may have
been undertaken to destroy the last living culture practicing the
Mayan calendar. If the Maya were killed off, this would functionally
weaken the cultural base within which the Mayan calendar still
functions. The Mayan calendar, however, may be a gift left for us in
time by galactic wisdom, so that humanity may more intelligently
navigate the 26,000 end-cycle.
If the CIA had been successful in
totally obliterating the Mayan culture, the death-force would have
been more successful in ensuring that our world would end in
cataclysmic Earth changes rather than cosmic consciousness.
The New York Times of February 26, 1999, one day after the
Traditional Quiche Maya New Year, reports
GUATEMALA CITY - A truth commission
report has concluded that the United States gave money and
training to a Guatemalan military that committed "acts of
genocide" against the Mayan people during the most brutal armed
conflict in Latin America, Guatemala’s 36-year civil war.
The report of the independent Historical Clarification
Commission, which was released on Thursday, contradicts years of
official denial about the torture, kidnapping and execution of
thousands of civilians in a war that the commission estimated
killed more than 200,000 Guatemalans.
Although the broad outlines of American support to Guatemala’s
military have been known, the nine-volume report confirms that
the CIA aided Guatemalan military forces.
The commission listed the American training of the officer corps
in counterinsurgency techniques as a key factor "which had a
significant bearing on human rights violations during the armed
The commission, established as a part of a United
Nations-supervised peace accord that ended the war in 1996,
concluded that the government or allied paramilitary groups were
to blame for more than 90 percent of the 42,000 human rights
violations, 29.000 of which resulted in deaths or missing
persons. That attributes a somewhat higher percentage of deaths
to the government and its allies than a report last year by the
Roman Catholic Church that examined human rights abuses.
The commission specifically named military intelligence as the
organizer of illegal detentions, torture, forced disappearances
and executions, and it said that many massacres were a direct
result of government policy. It stopped short, however, of
identifying individuals responsible for various massacres.
As the conclusions of the long-awaited report were read at a
solemn ceremony at the National Theater, human rights workers,
relatives of victims and others among the more than 2,000 people
broke into standing ovations, sobs, shouts and chants of
The outbursts repeatedly interrupted speeches as the president
and cabinet members sat silently on the theater’s first row.
While the scope of the bloodshed had been generally known, the
report is the first by an internationally supported panel to lay
out the extent of the violence and pin it on the government and
its military allies. In unexpectedly strong language, it
describes the Guatemalan policy at the height of the war as a
policy of genocide.
The report’s estimate of more than 200,000 deaths is slightly
higher than previous figures, and the number of documented
massacres substantially exceeds figures used in previous
The war, which began in 1960, pitted a rightist
military-controlled government against a classic Latin American
left-wing insurgency. Largely a rural war carried out in the
hinterlands where Mayan Indians lived, the military assumed that
the Mayans sympathized with the insurgents and provided them
with supplies, intelligence and shelter.
As a consequence, entire Mayan villages were attacked, burned
and inhabitants were slaughtered in an effort to deny the
guerrillas protection. The report said the Mayan population paid
the highest price, when the military identified them as natural
allies of the guerrillas. The result, the report said, was an
"aggressive, racist and extremely cruel nature of violations
that resulted in the massive extermination of defenseless Mayan
Christian Tomuschat, the German jurist who led the commission’s
18-month investigation, said, "The results of our investigation
demonstrate that in general, the excuse that midlevel commanders
acted with a wide margin of autonomy - an excuse used in an
attempt to justify what happened as "excesses" and "error" not
ordered by superiors - is unsubstantiated and totally lacking
The commission recommended a national reparations program for
victims and exhumations of "hundreds" of clandestine cemeteries.
It called on President Alvaro Arzu Irigoyen and the
ex-guerrilla commanders to assume responsibility in the name of
the state and ask all Guatemalans for forgiveness.
The three-member commission and an international staff of 272
workers made extensive use of declassified documents from the
United States. American assistance fortified the Guatemalan
armed forces with aid and training in its anti-Communist
campaign. On Thursday, Tomuschat said the commission’s
investigation also found that until the mid-1980s, American
companies and government officials "exercised pressure to
maintain the country’s archaic and unjust socioeconomic
structure" and that the CIA supported illegal counterinsurgency
Besides Tomuschat, the commission members were Edgar Balsells, a
lawyer, and Otilia Lux Coti, a leading Mayan educator, both of
The commission did not give specific names of human rights
violators, the result of military opposition during the peace
negotiations to pointing fingers at specific people.
But some victims’ families said no true reconciliation can be
achieved in Guatemala without judicial accountability.
"There has to be an end to impunity," said Helen Mack, whose
sister, Myrna, was stabbed and killed in 1990, it is believed,
for her research on the refugees driven from their homes by the
army. The case resulted in the only conviction yet of an army
official for human rights violations, and Ms. Mack is pursuing
the trial of three other officers for her sister’s murder.
On Thursday, the weight of nine years of
struggle with Guatemala’s ineffective judicial system seem to fall
on her as she broke into tears at the National Theater as the
commission’s conclusions were read.
"We the victims feel vindicated,’
she later said. "No one can now tell us we’re following lies or
Guatemalan officials said on Thursday
that they would have a response after they have studied the report.
The army leadership has remained
defiant, accusing international and national "actors" for their
roles in the violence and insisting the military acted under a
constitutional mandate to defend the state from communism.
Asked about the accusations against the CIA by the commission, the
spokesman for the intelligence agency, Bill Harlow, said,
"Since we have not seen the report,
it would be inappropriate for us to comment."
Donald Planty, the U.S.
"I believe that the report’s focus
is appropriate, that these were abuses committed by Guatemalans
against other Guatemalans - the result of an internal conflict."
Defense Minister Hector M. Barrios, who
has promised his own report on the war dead and injured, said
"I see as positive any effort that
is made on behalf of peaceful co-existence in Guatemala."
Arzu left without comment after shaking
hands with members of the commission and those formally receiving
the report - Alvaro de Soto, a senior U.N. official, and
representatives of the Guatemalan government and the ex-guerrilla
group, Guatemalan National Revolutionary Unity.
Aides said protocol prevented the president from personally
accepting the report, but that decision was seen by many here as
intentionally distancing the government from the commission’s
findings. At several points on Thursday, people in the theater
shouted for the president to get up on stage and receive the report.
Foreign Affairs Minister Eduardo Stein said the government was
already implementing some of recommendations, including compensation
for victims, judicial reform and changes in the military. Political
repression has greatly been reduced in Guatemala, by most accounts,
and the guerrillas have regrouped as a political party.
There has also been a rise of Indigenous
rights and human rights organizations - the changing times were
underscored on Thursday when scores of Guatemalans openly confronted
government officials in angry outbursts.
But the country is still wrestling with its transition to a full
democratic state. Stark poverty and economic inequalities remain.
Despite a requirement under the peace accords that the army’s size
and role be reduced, experts monitoring the progress say that there
has been checkered compliance and that the army still has a hold on
internal affairs, rather than being focused solely on the defense of
And just how fragile the peace is was shown last year when a Roman
Catholic bishop and leading defender of human rights, Juan Jose Gerardi, was beaten to death with a concrete block just days after
making public the results of a three-year investigation of human
rights abuses during the war. That report, sponsored by
church, identified specific military officers and guerrilla groups,
and church and human rights groups say they believe the killing was
meant to pressure them into renewed silence.
The most heartfelt applause at the National Theater Thursday came
when the bishop’s name was mentioned as yet another political
Many here feel the truth commission’s
report can help the country’s efforts toward change, but only if it
is etched into the public consciousness.
"This is not the end of the work,"
said Feliciana Macario, a board member of a survivors’ group
called National Widows Committee, which seeks reparations for
the loss of homes and land and "moral damages," such as the
psychological trauma suffered by orphaned children. "To us, this
is the beginning of another struggle."
If you still believe the U.S. Central
Intelligence Agency (and its cousins in the intelligence community)
to be antiseptic guardians of the truth, please refer to the written
works of former CIA agent James Agee, such as CIA Diary.
There is little doubt that the profile,
methodology, and utter depravity of the CIA’s genocide of the Maya
is the same as CIA covert operations which Agee describes taking
place in developing nations over the last four decades. James Agee
has called for a worldwide repudiation of the CIA, which he
describes as the single source generator of human war on the planet.
The coming to public light and recognition of the Maya genocide may
be illustrative of the workings of the Galactic beam-wave in the
realm of human politics and war, particularly environmental war. The
Maya genocide story publicly surfaced in February 1999, at the
height of the galactic core alignment.
The influence of the psychic content of the galactic beam-wave may
have brought the Maya genocide to public light. In the same way, the
effects on human consciousness of the galactic beam-wave may
deconstruct the global war-like mindset behind Environmental
warfare, and disassemble its global weapons systems.
What is striking about the Mayan cosmology is its awareness of the
pervasive influence over human affairs of electromagnetic energy,
which can simultaneously produce physical events in the Earth
environment, and induce consciousness into new levels of universe
"According to the Mayan Factor, we
live at the bottom of an electromagnetic ocean. What we call the
physical plane Earth is itself the ocean floor, while we, like
squids or semi-blinded denizens, swarm about our little ways;
only dimly aware that we swim and move across the bottom of a
vast, multi-dimensional electromagnetic ocean.
How odd we must seem to those who
swim and delve in currents far above us, and what can we say
about those beings who are beyond the surface? What must they
Mayan cosmology and concepts of the
galactic beam-waves of electromagnetic energy work integrate the
Earth sciences and psychology with the traditional mystical outlook
that all things are alive and think.
But if the galactic beam is to create both Earth changes and cosmic
consciousness, is that not almost a contradiction in terms? Why
would not our civilization regress to anarchy in consciousness as
our planet is violently restructured?
One Mayan cosmologist analogizes the cosmic transition of Earth to
an upgrade of computer hardware, and a coming "online" to galactic
"Before the end of the year 2012,
the ‘program’ we call civilization will be complete. A new
galactic program will be ‘opened’ at that time. The ‘upgrading’
of the Earth’s ‘hardware’ called by some "Earth Changes" and the
new ‘operating system’ will be put to the test.
The Earth will
be ‘galactically on-line’ by the year 2013. What will happen
after that is beyond our ability to imagine. Can a baby in the
womb imagine what life will be like after its birth?
This insight suggests there is a
trade-off between Earth changes and cosmic consciousness.
If our human civilization experiences
the increasing effects of the galactic beam-wave with resistance and
death-force, then our devastation becomes greater. Conversely, if
our civilization reacts receptively to the galactic beam-wave, the
outcomes may be more consciousness transformation rather than
At the microcosmic, personal level, the same may be said of
individuals as we enter the galactic beam-wave. If our individual
mind-set is toward greed, aggression, separation, we may experience
greater personal disintegration during these end-cycle times. If we
attune ourselves to the cosmic frequencies of the galactic beam-wave
(call it the "Mind of God"), we may evolve into a more cosmic
personal consciousness and transform into a new being in a new era.
One can have a personal "doomsday," or a personal transcendence.
Consciousness is functional and practical and mystical at once.
What time is it in galactic time? Well, recent advances in astronomy
suggest that our alignment with the galactic center or equator has
actually begun, occurring in the 1998-2001 time window. This is a
scholarly quibble with ancient Mayan astrological calculations.
end of the Mayan Long Count, and if its 26,000 year mega-cycle still
occurs on December 22, 2012 (some say December 21, 2012).
These subtle re-calculations mean that the effects of the new
Galactic beam have already begun, and will be effective across a
time window of several decades on either side of the 2012 AD date.
"The present alignment began with
the September equinox in 1998. The first "phase" of the
alignment with is complete with the June solstice in 1999. The "complete" alignment is comprised of thirteen equinoxes and
solstices from September 1998 through September 2001.
"The disk of the Sun, at the exact moment of the December
solstices, began to align with the galactic equator around the
time of Harmonic Convergence in 1987. This event was also
indicated by the Maya Calendar, a useful tool for measuring the
flow of galactic energies.
[The Harmonic Convergence, August 16-17,
1987, was according to Arguelles, the date on which humanity
received the "Galactic imprint".]
"The disk of the Sun, at the exact
moment of the December solstices, will be completing the
alignment with the galactic equator at the December solstice in
2012. This is recognized as the ending date of a profound Maya
"These astronomical alignments between the solstice Sun and the
galactic equator suggest the timing for the "reception" of
galactic energies and codes into our system. Accessing these
codes and frequencies can be done with the proper use of the
"There are two popular misconceptions regarding the Galactic
Alignment. One of these is that the alignment is with the
Galactic Center. It is not; it is actually with the Galactic
"The other example of misinformation is that the galactic
alignment occurs in 2012 and this is why the Maya Calendar ends
then. There are two problems with this. The alignment occurs a
good thirteen years before 2012. The Maya calendar is not off by
this many years. This thirteen-year difference is actually
accounted for in the Maya calendar. This information is
available to those who have been initiated into how the Maya
Calendar really works.
"The 2012 date for the galactic alignment suggests that the Maya
Calendar is based on an astronomical alignment that ONLY takes
place from the Earth’s perspective. The equinoxes and solstices
are Earth events. This implies that the Maya calendar is Earth
based. This also implies that the Maya Calendar only works on
This view reveals a lack of
appreciation and understanding regarding the true "galactic"
nature of the Maya calendar."
The Mayan calendar is a cosmic tool for
navigating our way through a Galactic reality.
Prophetic traditions, including the
Tibetan, the I Ching (Terence McKenna), the Egyptian, the Aztec, the
Judeo-Christian and many others, seem to converge on an end-cycle
transformation of our human experience. Each tradition has its
variations. As a whole, they point to a unitary truth.
The Aztec calendar, for example, may be
based on the Pleiades, rather than on the galaxy as is the Mayan
tradition. The eternal universe cycles in each tradition may
represent the ongoing tension between Light and darkness, which
propels our evolution.
What will the new age of cosmic consciousness look like?
Pacal Votan, formerly known as Jose Arguelles, offers some pictures
of the Solar Age on Earth. The Solar Age will have its scientific
and perceptual breakthroughs and evolution in human psycho-sensory
Prophecy commentator Peter Petrisko suggests that if you are
unsure how reversing magnetic fields can affect the human mind,
think of trying to "re-boot" your brain, as though it were a
"The effect of a magnetic reversal
on humans is less known. Confusion might reign, and some
theorize a complete 'reboot' of the human mind - the brain IS
known to contain magnetite - might occur. However, as the field
decreases (before a 'reversal'), one could surmise what may
happen by looking at a recent experiment by Dr. Valerie Hunt.
Hunt had a room constructed in which
the magnetic field intensity could be varied. The following, as
spelled out in her book, ''Infinite Mind'', was observed
"When ‘the magnetism was decreased, gross in coordination
occurred. The entire neurological integrating mechanism was
thrown off. Subjects could not balance their bodies; they had
difficulty touching finger to nose or performing simple
coordinated movements. They lost kinesthetic awareness.’
Could our bodies adjust as a much more gradual, long-term but
worldwide decrease in the magnetic field intensity occurred?
That may be doubtful, and if so then at what point near the
conclusion of this pre-reversal descent would such in
coordination sweep over the human race?"
A "Solar" rather than a "Galactic"
perspective on the influence of the galactic beam-wave, and the
cosmic consciousness it may bring may constrict Peter Petrisko’s
Pacal Votan, formerly known as Jose Arguelles, reaches for a
vision worthy of our evolutionary occasion as the great Mayan cycle
inaugurates the Solar Age.
Our inauguration may mean,
"At last, Earth will be ready for
the emergence into interplanetary civilization."
"Instead of going to a job at nine
o’clock every morning, we shall prepare each day for the
celebratory task of ritual sensory attunement to solar galactic
pulsation’s. Through sensory fusion - bringing together of
various senses into the experience of synaesthesia - we will
realize a synergistic amplification of energy and enjoyment.
"The leisure for doing so will be the natural result of having
divested ourselves of an unnecessary military economy and the
production of wasteful and even toxic consumer goods that were
in total disregard of the reality of the light body. Nourishing
ourselves as simply and as locally as possible, we shall turn
our surplus wealth into the research, education, and artistic
production necessary for the establishment of a healthy organism
in resonant attunement with the Sun and, through the Sun, with
the galactic core, Hunab Ku…."
"Then it shall be ready. The unique moment, the moment of total
planetary synchronization, 18.104.22.168.0 on the beam, will arrive -
the closing out not only of the Great Cycle, but also of the
evolutionary interim called Homo Sapiens.
Amidst festive preparation and
awesome galactic-solar signs psychically received, the human
race, in harmony with the animal and other kingdoms and taking
its rightful place in the great electromagnetic sea, will unify
as a single circuit. Solar and galactic sound transmissions will
inundate the planetary field. At last, Earth will be ready for
the emergence into interplanetary civilization.
"Then, as if a switch were being thrown, a great voltage will
race through this finally synchronized and integrated circuit
called humanity. The Earth itself will be illumined. A current
charging both poles will race across the skies, connecting the
polar auroras in a single brilliant flash. Like an iridescent
rainbow, this circumpolar energy uniting the planetary antipodes
will be instantaneously understood as the external projection of
the unification of the collective mind of humanity.
In that moment of understanding, we
shall be collectively projected into an evolutionary domain that
is presently inconceivable."
What then is the ultimate meaning of
diverse prophecies of cataclysmic Earth changes and cosmic
One answer is - it all depends on us. We are responsible for
co-creating cataclysm and/or enlightenment on a collective basis and
in our individual realities.
The Mayan cosmology suggests that a war-like, heavily armed military
industrial complex, intent on destroying key parts of its Earth
system and exporting warfare into outer space may not fare very well
as the galactic beam-wave intensifies.
Earthly military-industrial civilization
may self-destruct, or suffer meltdown, or gradually wither away.
That war-like civilization may implode as human consciousness lifts
or as Earth changes make shards of its economic and political base.
That’s the good news.
The bad news may in the end be good news also.
What Earth changes may occur, if any, is indeterminate. The psychics
and the prophecies suggest cataclysmic outcomes may be possible. If
Earth changes do come, perhaps they may be the only mechanism by
which our terrestrial eco-cidal culture finally reaches death knell.
We can only hope that an evolution in our consciousness triggered by
the galactic beam-wave will deconstruct environmental warfare before
it can do harm.
The wisdom of the Galactic Mind is such that if we humans had been
cooperative, evolved, peaceful, eco-centric, enlightened, no Earth
changes may have come at all. The galactic beam-wave would meet no
resistance from the collective human psyche. It is the resistance of
the war-like segment of the human mind to cosmic consciousness that
may probably itself create chaos and cataclysm on Earth.
Our history, to paraphrase, is a riddle wrapped in an enigma. As a
species, we subject ourselves to repeated cycles of war,
destruction, rebuilding, only to fall again into war and
destruction. The cosmic reasons for these cycles have not yet
registered in our collective consciousness.
We can only hope that this Mayan end-cycle may be the last time
around unbroken cycles of collective violence. In cosmic
consciousness, perhaps we can stabilize ourselves in an unbroken
cycle of conscious evolution.
Advice for Earth changes? Try receptivity, centered prayer,
We may actually turn the tide toward Light.
SURVIVING, AND SUSTAINING THE COMING EARTH CHANGES
The sustaining will come as
people give of themselves;
survival will come through the preparation and the
channeled by Rev. Mary
The Earth changes that are coming to
this world also have a corresponding link with internal changes that
will be taking place in each and every person.
Just as the tides rule the oceans,
people sometimes feel similar effects inside their bodies, like when
there is a full moon. You see, natural occurrences have a
corresponding link internally in the soul of man. These effects will
be strongly felt with the coming upheavals - they will
be to such an extent that the people will not be able to ignore them
because of the connection in their soul.
They will feel these greatly, both
psychically, and emotionally. What is going on in different parts of
the world will be felt on a soul level. It won't be as easy as
turning off the television and ignoring it. People will be feeling
the currents, so-to-speak, internally. That is the internal
Therefore, people need to know and understand that it is not just
external Earth changes, that the Earth changes are internal as well
on a soul level for people.
They must now begin to connect with the
Light and not to only be focused on the flashy external changes,
because that is what is interesting; but to do their work, their
inner work, their prayer work, their connection to the Light and to
God - NOW - before these things take place.
Because that will be their anchor, and their solid ground or
foundation to hold onto during the Earth changes.
We are going to address how to prepare, sustain, and survive these
internal changes that are, and will be, going on simultaneously with
the external changes.
We recommend prayer and meditation everyday.
We recommend spiritual reading, whether
it would be from the Bible, some psalms (the 23rd psalm is really
good), or some other spiritual reading that is uplifting, positive,
and helps the people to connect with God.
It should be something that is
enriching, not just flashy things - but something that
has a deep spiritual meaning, something that helps people to grow,
and something that feeds their souls. We are not talking about more
intellectual predictions, but deep, rich, spiritual food that can
enrich the soul. There are many, many books like these.
Prayer, meditation, spiritual reading, and when the you hear about
disasters in the land (U.S.) or somewhere else in the world, send
out prayers and positive thoughts to these people, to these areas.
Ask God to bless the people in these areas. This is this point.
Keeping balanced during the Earth changes. This means that the
people must maintain balance - NO MATTER WHAT IS GOING
ON AROUND THEM.
We realize that this is extremely difficult when all seems to be
falling apart, extremely.
They can do this through prayer and
meditation. They can do this in prayer with their family. There are
prayers that can be prayed. Family prayer is very powerful. They can
do their own private meditation. They can send the Light and the
Love to the people. But the main thing is for them to remember that
these changes are necessary for the growth of the people and that
nothing is ever done as punishment, that all is done for the greater
development of the soul.
No matter what disasters may befall the
Earth, they should keep in their minds that this is for the eventual
highest good. Even though there are hardships and even death during
the changes, ultimately, it is for good. And ultimately, on a soul
level, it is for the highest growth and development of everyone
going through this.
The people who cross over during this time will, in a sense, have it
easier than those who must stay and watch and observe and walk
through it. Many people think that they will not be affected because
they do not live in a dangerous area. The people who survive because
they are in a safe area will have a harder road because they will be
aware of all the destruction.
But it is also a very great
opportunity for these people in sustaining and maintaining their
objectivity because they will be able to hold the Light and to be
Light houses, so-to-speak, beacons of Light. People need to make
sure that the those around them are not in panic, through their own
strong anchoring in God and in The Light and in prayer. We cannot
emphasize enough - the
power of prayer.
And if they will
but do this, they will help to maintain the emotional balance within
their families, plus aid the people actually walking through these
Surviving the Internal Changes
This is not something that most people have even considered.
have not considered internal changes as part of the external.
Surviving these internal changes has greatly to do with the
preparation and the knowing that they are coming. Knowing that they
are coming and preparing for them, will invoke in people a strength
of character and of soul and of knowledge.
Their survival will be
based on the experiential, not the intellectual. People cannot plan
this all ahead of time because right now - to date
- they do not know exactly what will happen. They know there
will be upheaval but they do not know exactly what. We can tell you
only it is of such a magnitude that people cannot imagine. There are
many things that will be happening, some of which have not been
determined yet because it will be like a chain reaction of events.
One thing happening will trigger the next, and the next, and the
Each one will seem more bizarre than the previous one -
to a point where people will be very surprised and think that they
cannot be shocked anymore and then the next event like a chain
reaction will be triggered and occur and they will say:
even more bizarre than the one before."
Their survival will depend on the preparation and the sustaining and
people beginning enough in advance to prepare a solid foundation of
Light within themselves.
People need to know and to recognize that
they must have a corresponding amount of growth WITHIN. The
knowledge cannot just be learned on the outside in the intellect.
One has to grow in the heart and in the soul and in the spirit, for
that is where the real strength comes. It is an inner strength, an
inner knowing, an inner Light. It cannot be learned in a book.
cannot be found in a lecture. It cannot be found in a movie. It has
to come from within each person during prayer and meditation time,
uplifting spiritual reading, sending out Love, Light, prayers, and
positive thoughts to the people who are going through the disasters.
The sustaining will come as people give of themselves. The survival
will come through the preparation and the sustaining.
The first two steps will ultimately determine the outcome of the
third. People MUST have compassion in their hearts and FEEL for the
plight of their brothers and sisters, to FEEL that they are brothers
and sisters of the people in the different areas going through these
hard times, and that they are all one, and that they CAN help each
other, because that is the spiritual law, and people need to know
that these are not just Earthquakes, or disasters.
They are Earth
changes and their results will be felt throughout the U.S.,
throughout all the countries. NO ONE will go through this time
unaffected. No one is in a totally safe area. But, this can be a
joyous time, a joyous time of great growth and expansion of the
soul. It is an opportunity, at this point and time, to really
accelerate one's growth through the right conditioning of the body,
mind and soul.
There will be times when people will just have to stay inside in the
shelter of their homes. Then, they can help each other and their
families and their neighbors, plus the people walking through the
hard times, through the disaster times, by forming prayer circles of
Light and Love, sending energies, and prayers and Light and Love out
of the group to the affected areas.
People can begin to organize now; this is part of the survival. They
can begin to organize these groups and if they live in a close
proximity to each other, that is good. They can do it that way or
they can have a telephone prayer line, but groups in person are the
best. They can begin discussions on how to set up these prayer
These Light Workers, these prayer and meditation workers
can send out the Light and the Love to the troubled areas. This is
how they can organize. Then, when a disaster strikes, the people can
come together and pray and send Light and Love as a group, to pray
from the heart, to pray with High and Holy Intentions to help.
We have told you that NO ONE will escape the Earth changes because
the ultimate growth of the soul is for EVERYONE. Some people will
experience these changes in harsher ways because they will actually
have to live or die through them. The ripple effect will be felt by
everyone because there will be many things that happen that will
affect those people in the safer areas. EVERY ONE will feel the
People's survival will depend on their cultivation of deep spiritual
discernment. There are many saying many different things and people
need to learn deep spiritual discernment in order to find out what
is the truth for them.
One thing that a person is saying will not be correct for everyone.
There will be many different people saying many different things.
Those listening can pray and ask for deep spiritual discernment to
know exactly what to believe and what action to take.
People will have to find out through their own volition, in their
own way, in their own timing, WHAT is truth for them.
In so far as timing for the Earth changes is concerned -
we feel that within the next five years it will be completed,
beginning in 1998. The time is approximate because it depends on
man's free will. If things continue as they are now, we see the time
duration to be about five years.
All time is subject to plus or minus from this side; but we feel
1998 will be a year of reckoning - for the planet
- for the people - for the United States. We feel,
now until then, many things will be starting economically, worldwide
as well for the country, but that the next five years are very
crucial for people to decide which way their lives are going, to
whom are they serving, and what direction they want to take with
their lives and for their souls.
There are some things that will not be able to be changed and there
are some things that can be made softer depending upon what mankind
It is not, like you say, "One size fits all." Each soul is allowed
its free will - to pass or fail this test. Many people
feel they are just here to help. NO ONE incarnates just to help.
EVERYONE has their own karma to work through - their own
lessons to work through. NO ONE is here just to help. EVERYONE is
here to grow.
People focus more on the external than the internal.
We are all here
because we have lessons to learn. We have growth to be attained. We
have mistakes to be atoned for and that is what karma really is
- experiencing the other side of the coin - so the
soul knows and the soul grows. Nothing is ever done as punishment.
Everything is for the further development of the soul. There are no
free rides. Everyone is here because they have work to do within
themselves, and people need to know that THIS is the power.
how they will be able to sustain and survive the Earth changes by
going inwardly and becoming VERY, VERY strong. Looking at our
faults, looking at our weaknesses and asking for help to turn them
into strengths, this is the key. We need to master our own self
FIRST. This goes hand in hand with the Earth changes. This is why it
is extremely important for people to have a very strong, strong,
As these things are happening externally, the things that people
have not looked at, or have buried internally, WILL be coming to the
surface. This is the inner Earthquake - the inner Earth
changes that have not been addressed. That is why there is really no
escape because the energy that will be coming to the planet at this
time is designed to uncover all that has been hidden in darkness, to
expose to the Light everything that is not of the Light.
includes all individuals, and ALL individuals will not be able to
bury these feelings any more. They will not be able to do this.
people numb themselves through drugs and alcohol, hours and hours of
mindless television and movies. They delude themselves. They waste
their time. When this energy hits - it will be of such a
magnitude that none of these things will suffice. They will NOT be
of comfort. They will NOT divert the mind because it will be like an
inner explosion, and this is VERY GOOD.
People need not be fearful
of this. They need not to worry. The people who will be greatly
affected will be the ones who have never thought about internal
growth. The ones who have never tried to look at themselves, have
never meditated, have never prayed, have never searched for the
truth, have never tried to be close to God, or to learn about God,
the material people, the people who think that material things are
all that there is, THEY WILL BE THE ONES who will be greatly
affected for the most part.
However, EVERYONE will feel it. The
spiritual people will have an inside track; forewarned is forearmed.
These are some of the major changes that Edgar Cayce talked about
when he talked about the new millennium and being in the Light.
There is no way that the people will be able to carry their old
baggage into the Light of the New Millennium!
It is something that MUST be pushed through - must be
worked through. People will not be allowed to accelerate to a higher
degree of consciousness with their old "stuff," their old hang ups,
and everybody has them. NO ONE here on the Earth is without their
own karma - or they would not have had to incarnate at
This is not doom and gloom. This is a message of hope. This will be
a time of rejoicing because what will be happening to the Earth and
its people is that people will no longer be allowed to get away with
their games. It is going to call forth a degree of honesty and
integrity that has not been seen before on this Earth plane.
the rejoicing. THAT is the good news. People do not want to hear
that they have to go through any hard times to get the growth but,
unfortunately, that is the way of this particular transition must
play through. The people who are here at this time on the Earth have
KNOWN about this on a soul level and begged and pleaded to be
allowed to be incarnated at this time, even knowing what they would
have to walk through, because this is the time of VERY, VERY great
Those who can make it and those who can walk through
this experience with faith and love, and joy in their hearts -
knowing that all is taking place for the highest good -
WILL ACHIEVE GREAT, HIGH, GROWTH. This will be growth that would not
have been possible at any other previous time period. It is an
extremely great blessing to be alive at this time.
People should not
look at this time with fear and dread, but with anticipation of good
things coming and to do all they can do to prepare on an inner
Many people are preparing by stock-piling food and other supplies.
It is good to be prepared for an emergency. However, we tell you
right here and right now that you cannot stock-pile inwardly unless
you do the things that are necessary to bring your soul into accord
with the Light of God.
Not everyone will appreciate this message because it is not flashy.
It is not celestial music and cosmic lights, but that is okay. The
few that will hear, the few that this message will touch their
hearts and their souls, is all that we care about. If the majority
of the people do not like this message, that is fine.
This is for
the few who want to listen, who want to grow, who want to survive,
who really want this connection with the Light of God. THAT is what
Many have studied these things for years. They know it is coming. It
is a time of waking up. It is a time for soul growth. Many of the
things that are going to happen are karmic in nature. The United
States is not being singled out alone, it is the world.
It is going
to be world wide. It is a cleansing, a purification, a heightening